JP2020048626A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of preventing lowering of a player's feeling of a large amount of ball put-outs, while improving compatibility of regulatory requirements.SOLUTION: The game machine includes first lottery means for executing a lottery of a first jackpot type under a first operation-start condition, and second lottery means for executing a lottery of a second jackpot type under a second operation-start condition, and can execute a prize game state where the second operation-start condition is established more easily than the first operation-start condition. The jackpot belonging to the second jackpot type includes a first jackpot (the jackpot defined as: the maximum R (round) number=A, and a total INT (interval) time (start INT+INT during total Rs+termination INT)=A(sec)), and a second jackpot (the jackpot defined as: the maximum R number=B(B<A), and the total INT time=B(sec)). The game machine is configured to satisfy "X<Y", when the total INT time per round relating to the first jackpot is X (A/A) and the total INT time per round relating to the second jackpot is Y (B/B).SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 6

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  A gaming machine, for example, a ball-and-ball gaming machine, performs a winning or losing lottery regarding a jackpot which is advantageous to the player upon a prize at the starting opening, executes a symbol variation display game accompanied by a special symbol variation display operation, and displays an image. , And a variety of notice effects reflecting the result of the success / failure lottery are generated to thereby enjoy the game (for example, Patent Document 1 below).

JP 2013-22220A

  In recent years, more stringent restrictions have been imposed on the payout performance and the like due to a law revision in order to make the gambling of games of this type appropriate for gambling. For example, according to the recent revision of the Article 8 of the Enforcement Regulations of the Enforcement Law, the so-called “short-term test” is that, for each setting, when a test shot of a game ball is performed for one hour, It is specified that the total number exceeds one third of the total number of the game balls fired and is less than 2.2 times. If this revised law is complied with, the payout speed may be significantly lower than before the rule was revised. However, one of the charms of gaming machines is the real thrill that a lot of balls can be obtained in a short time, and it is difficult to completely abandon this charm.

  SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the conformity of a legal request and preventing a drop in a feeling of a ball.

The above object of the present invention is achieved by the following means.
(1) first lottery means for executing a lottery for a jackpot belonging to a first jackpot type based on the first start condition being satisfied;
A second lottery means for performing a lottery on a jackpot belonging to a second jackpot type based on the second start condition being satisfied;
A jackpot game control means for controlling the execution of a jackpot game in which the first lottery means or the second lottery means repeats a round game for opening a special winning opening up to a maximum number of rounds when a big hit is won,
A plurality of production means capable of performing the production,
Effect control means for controlling the execution of the effect by the effect means,
A gaming machine capable of executing a privilege gaming state in which the second starting condition is more easily satisfied than the first starting condition,
In the jackpot belonging to the second jackpot type,
A first jackpot, which is an execution trigger of a first jackpot game in which the maximum number of rounds defines a first maximum number of rounds, and a second maximum number of rounds which is relatively larger than the first maximum number of rounds A second jackpot that triggers the execution of a second jackpot game that defines the number of rounds,
The big hit game is
A start interval period before the first round game is executed,
An interval period between rounds after each round game ends,
And an end interval period after the end of the inter-round interval period related to the last round game,
A _time (seconds) is the total interval time obtained by summing the time width of each interval period of the first big hit game,
The total interval time obtained by summing the time widths of the respective interval periods of the second jackpot game is B _time (seconds),
The first maximum number of rounds is A _maxround ,
The second maximum number of rounds is B _maxround ,
When a total interval time per round in the first big hit game X (A _time / A _maxround ) and a total interval time per round in the second big hit game Y (B _time / B _maxround ), A gaming machine characterized by satisfying the following relational expression (1).
X <Y ... relational expression (1)

  According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the conformity of a legal request and preventing a drop in a shot feeling.

It is a front view showing the appearance of a game machine. It is a figure showing the composition of a game board and a production button. It is a block diagram showing a control device. It is a figure provided for explanation of a winning type. FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a screen display of the liquid crystal display device. It is a figure which shows the relationship of the winning type, each interval time of a big hit game period, and each big hit advantage which concerns on the specific example 1 of 1st Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the detail of the big hit game period which concerns on the 5R time-saving A big hit of the special symbol 1 side. It is a figure which shows the detail of the big hit game period concerning the 5R probability big hit on the special symbol 1 side. It is a figure which shows the detail of the big hit game period which concerns on 5R time-saving A big hit on the special symbol 2 side. It is a figure which shows the big hit game period (at the time of normal state winning) concerning the 10R probability big hit on the special symbol 2 side. It is a figure which shows the big hit game period (at the time of shortened state winning) concerning the 10R probability big hit on the special symbol 2 side. It is a figure which shows the big hit game period (at the time of winning in the probability variation state) concerning the 10R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 2 side. When comparing each interval time for each big hit (5R time saving A big hit on special symbol 1 side, 5R certain time changing big hit on special symbol 1 side, 5R short time A big hit on special symbol 2 side, 10R certain changing big hit on special symbol 2 side) It is a part of the list of extension rates. When comparing each interval time for each big hit (5R time saving A big hit on special symbol 1 side, 5R certain time changing big hit on special symbol 1 side, 5R short time A big hit on special symbol 2 side, 10R certain changing big hit on special symbol 2 side) It is a part of the list of extension rates. When comparing each interval time for each big hit (5R time saving A big hit on special symbol 1 side, 5R certain time changing big hit on special symbol 1 side, 5R short time A big hit on special symbol 2 side, 10R certain changing big hit on special symbol 2 side) It is a part of the list of extension rates. When comparing each interval time for each big hit (5R time saving A big hit on special symbol 1 side, 5R certain time changing big hit on special symbol 1 side, 5R short time A big hit on special symbol 2 side, 10R certain changing big hit on special symbol 2 side) It is a part of the list of extension rates. It is a figure showing the questionnaire survey result about the production during the end interval time. It is a figure which shows the winning type and each interval time of a big hit game period which concern on the example 2 of the embodiment. It is a figure showing a winning type and each interval time of a big hit game period according to the example 3 of the embodiment. It is a figure which shows the extended-village pattern by the probability change big hit which concerns on the example 3 of the embodiment. It is a figure which shows the winning type and each interval time of a big hit game period which concern on the example 4 of the embodiment. It is a figure which shows the extended-village pattern by the probability change big hit concerning Example 4. It is a figure which shows an example of the fluctuation | variation time at the time of the probability change big hit | win according to Example 4. FIG. It is a figure which shows the model case of the total elapsed time when the variation time is considered about the extended-village pattern by the probability change big hit concerning Example 4. FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a first comparative example according to the first example of the second embodiment. It is a figure showing example 1 concerning the 1st example of the embodiment. It is a figure showing example 2 concerning the 1st example of the embodiment. It is a figure showing example 3 concerning the 1st example of the embodiment. It is a figure showing example 4 concerning the 1st example of the embodiment. FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a comparative example 2 according to a second example of the same embodiment. It is a figure showing example 5 concerning the 2nd example of the embodiment. It is a figure showing example 6 concerning the 2nd example of the same embodiment. It is a figure showing example 7 concerning the 2nd example of the embodiment. It is a figure showing Example 8 concerning the 2nd example of the embodiment. FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating a comparative example 3 according to a third example of the same embodiment. It is a figure showing example 9 concerning the 3rd example of the embodiment. It is a figure showing example 10 concerning a 3rd example of the embodiment. It is a figure showing Example 11 concerning the 3rd example of the embodiment. FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating a comparative example 4 according to a fourth example of the same embodiment. It is a figure showing Example 12 concerning the 4th example of the embodiment. It is a figure showing Example 13 concerning the 4th example of the embodiment. FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a specific example 14 according to a fourth example of the embodiment.

  Hereinafter, a preferred embodiment of a gaming machine according to the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the embodiment described below, a pachinko gaming machine will be described as an example of a gaming machine according to the present invention.

[First Embodiment]
<1. Outline of Configuration: FIGS. 1 and 2>
With reference to FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, an outline of a configuration of a pachinko gaming machine according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 1 is a front perspective view showing the appearance of a pachinko gaming machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the front side of a gaming board.

  The pachinko gaming machine 1 (hereinafter abbreviated as “gaming machine 1”) shown in FIG. 1 has a frame-shaped front frame 2 attached to the front surface of a wooden outer frame 4 so as to be openable and closable, and attached to the back surface of the front frame 2. The game board 3 (see FIG. 2) is mounted in a board storage frame (not shown), and a game area 3 a formed on the surface of the game board 3 faces the opening of the front frame 2. A glass door 6 supporting transparent glass is provided on the front side of the game area 3a. On the back side of the game board 3, various control boards (see FIG. 3) for controlling the game operation are arranged.

  A key cylinder (not shown) for unlocking the door is provided on the front side of the glass door 6. When a key is inserted into this key cylinder and operated on one side, the locked state of the glass door 6 with respect to the front frame 2 is changed. By operating the other side, the locked state of the front frame 2 with respect to the outer frame 4 is released, and the front frame 2 can be opened to the front side.

  A front operation panel 7 pivotally supported on the front frame 2 by a hinge (not shown) is provided below the glass door 6. An upper tray unit 8 is provided on the front operation panel 7, and an upper tray 9 for storing discharged game balls is formed on the upper tray unit 8.

  Also, the upper tray unit 8 has a ball release button 14 for pulling out the game balls stored in the upper tray 9 below the gaming machine 1 and a game ball lending device (not shown) on the island facility side. A ball lending button 11 for requesting the payout of a ball and a card return button 12 for requesting a return of a valuable medium inserted into the game ball lending device are provided.

  The upper saucer unit 8 includes a push button effect button 13, a button 75a pointing up, a button 75b pointing right, a button 75c pointing down, and a button 75d pointing left. A cross-shaped direction key 75 (second operation means) operable in the direction is provided. The effect button 13 or the direction key 75 functions as an operation means that can be operated by a player, and a predetermined operation effective reception period (button effective period) in a specific notice effect (for example, a so-called “player participation type effect”). During this effective period, if a predetermined operation (for example, a single press, a long press, a continuous hit, etc.) is performed during the valid period, the effect can be changed before and after the operation. It has become. The effect button 13 is provided with a built-in lamp (button LED 13b) therein, and depending on the light emission mode of the button LED 13b, the operation acceptance valid period (for example, lighting or blinking in a predetermined color) and the operation The reception invalid period (for example, when the light is turned off) can be notified.

  On the right side of the front operation panel 7, a firing operation handle 15 for operating the firing device 32 (see FIG. 3) is provided. The launching device 32 employs a device capable of launching about 100 game balls per minute.

  On both sides of the upper part of the front frame 2 and on the upper side of the firing operation handle 15, there are provided speakers 46 for producing a sound effect (sound effect) by sound. In addition, a decorative lamp 45 (directing LED) which exerts a light effect by decoration of light is provided at an appropriate place of the gaming machine, for example, in a circumferential direction around the front frame of the glass door 6 or inside a center decoration body 48 described later. A plurality is provided.

(Game board: Fig. 2)
Next, the configuration of the game board 3 will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in the drawing, the game board 3 is provided with a ball guide rail 5 for guiding a shot game ball in a ring shape as a board surface dividing member. The game area 3a and the four corners are non-game areas.

  A liquid crystal display (LCD) 36 is provided substantially at the center of the game area 3a. The liquid crystal display device 36 independently controls a plurality of types of decorative symbols (for example, a left symbol) by numbers, characters, or symbols in a predetermined display area (symbol variation display area) under the control of the effect control unit 24 described later. Various effects including a variable display operation (variable display and stop display) of three decorative symbols (see FIG. 5) of a medium symbol and a right symbol are displayed by images.

  In the game area 3a, a center decoration 48 is provided so as to surround the display surface of the liquid crystal display device 36 in a far winding manner. The center decoration 48 is provided along the front side of the game board 3 and forms a front mounting plate 48a fixed to the game board 3 and an outer periphery of the center decoration 48 and surrounds the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 36. An armor frame portion 48b is integrally provided to protect the display surface of the liquid crystal display device 36 from surrounding game balls, and to distribute the flow path of the game balls to the left and right according to the strength or stroke length of the game balls. It acts as a flow channel distributing means that makes it possible. In the present embodiment, a play area through which the game ball can pass is formed between the upper surface of the center decoration 48 and the ball guide rail 5, and the game ball driven into the upper side of the game area 3a by the firing device 32. Are distributed left and right on the upper side of the armor frame portion 48b, and flow down either the left flow path 3b on the left side of the center ornament 48 or the right flow path 3c on the right side.

  A non-game area near the upper right edge (upper right corner) of the game board 3 is a function display section, and a 7-segment display (with dots) is provided with an upper starting port 34 (for the first special symbol) and a lower section. The special symbol display device 38a (first special symbol display device: first special symbol display means) and the special symbol display device 38b (first special symbol display device) configured side by side in correspondence with the starting port 35 (for the second special symbol). Second special symbol display device: second special symbol display means). In the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b, a "special symbol variation display game" is executed by a variation display operation (variable display and stop display) of "special symbol" represented by 7 segments. In the liquid crystal display device 36, the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner in synchronization with the variable display of the special symbols by the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b in time, and various notice effects (effect images). At the same time, the "decorative symbol change display game" is executed. The details of the special symbol variation display game and the decorative symbol variation display game will be described later.

  In addition, a composite display device (hold composite display LED display) 38c composed of a 7-segment display (with dots) is provided next to the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b in the various function display units. The combination is called special symbol 1, special symbol 2, display of the number of active balls for normal symbol, and state notification during the variable time reduction function is activated (during time reduction) and during the high probability state (highly accurate). This is because it is a composite display device that has five display functions and is a hold / time saving / high accuracy composite display device (hereinafter, referred to as a “composite display device”).

  Further, the various function display unit is provided with a normal symbol display device 39a (ordinary symbol display means) in which a plurality of (two in this embodiment) LEDs are arranged next to the composite display device 38c. In the ordinary symbol display device 39a according to the present embodiment, an ordinary symbol variation display game is executed by a variation display operation of an ordinary symbol represented by two LEDs. For example, as a variable display operation, a normal symbol by LED repeatedly turns on and off alternately in a seesaw manner and stops when either side is lit, so that it is possible to determine whether or not the normal symbol variable display game is correct. I have.

  A right-handed display device 39b is provided adjacent to the normal symbol display device 39a. The right-handed display device 39b determines whether the "right-handed" aiming for the game ball to pass through the right-downflow path 3c is advantageous depending on the combination of the ON / OFF state of the LED, or whether the game ball is in the left-downflow path 3b. It is informed whether "left-handed" aiming to pass through is advantageous. For example, if the light emitting state of the LED is lit, it is notified that right-handing is advantageous, and if it is off, it is advantageous that left-handing is advantageous.

  Further, a round number display device 39c in which two LEDs (round display LEDs) are arranged adjacent to the right-handed display device 39b is provided. The round number display device 39c notifies the specified round number (maximum round number) related to the big hit by the combination of the lighting / light-out state of the plurality of LEDs.

  Below the center ornament 48, an upper starting port 34 (first special symbol starting port: first starting means) and a lower starting port 35 (second special symbol starting port: second starting means) are provided. A normal fluctuation winning device 41 is provided on the upper and lower sides, and detection sensors 34a and 35a (upper opening sensor 34a, lower starting opening sensor 35a: see FIG. 3) for detecting the passage of a game ball are formed inside each of them. Have been.

  The upper starting port 34, which is the first special symbol starting port, is a first special symbol (hereinafter, the first special symbol is referred to as "special symbol 1") in the special symbol displaying device 38a (first special symbol displaying device). (Hereinafter, abbreviated as “Tokuzu 1” in some cases) is a winning port related to the starting condition of the variable display operation, and does not have a “starting port opening / closing means” capable of opening or expanding the starting port. Winning device ". In the present embodiment, due to the action of a game ball falling direction changing member (for example, a game nail (not shown), a windmill 44, a center decoration 48, etc.) in the game area 3a, a left downflow path to the upper starting port 34 is provided. The game balls flowing down 3b are configured to be easy to enter (prize), whereas the game balls flowing down the right flow path 3c are configured to be difficult or impossible to enter.

  The normal variable winning device 41 is configured as a “winning rate variable type winning device” that can change the winning rate of the game ball at the starting port by the opening / closing means. In the present embodiment, a pair of left and right movable wing pieces (movable members) 47 are provided as starting port opening / closing means, and when the movable wing pieces 47 perform opening / closing operations, a lower starting port 35 serving as a second special symbol starting port is provided. Can be opened or expanded.

  The lower starting port 35 of the normal fluctuation winning device 41 is a second special symbol in the special symbol display device 38b (second special symbol display device) (hereinafter, the second special symbol is referred to as “special symbol 2”). , Which may be abbreviated as “special figure 2” in some cases) according to the starting condition of the variable display operation, and the winning area of the lower starting port 35 depends on the operating state (operating or non-operating) of the movable wing 47. Then, the state is converted into an open state (easy winning state) for facilitating winning, and a closed state (hard winning state) that makes winning more difficult or impossible than the open state. In the present embodiment, when the movable wing piece 47 is not operated, the closed state (winning impossible state) in which it is impossible to win the lower starting port 35 is maintained.

  Also, on both sides of the ordinary variable prize winning device 41, there are provided a total of four general prize openings 43, three on the left side and one on the right side. A mouth sensor 43a (see FIG. 3) is formed.

  In addition, a diagonal upper right of the normal fluctuation winning device 41, that is, an upper side of an intermediate portion of the right downflow path 3c, a normal symbol starting port 37 (third special symbol starting port: a passing gate through which a game ball can pass). (Third starting means) is provided. The normal symbol starting port 37 is a winning port related to a normal symbol changing display operation in the normal symbol display device 39a, and has a normal symbol starting port sensor 37a (see FIG. 3) for detecting a passing game ball therein. Are formed. In the present embodiment, the normal symbol starting port 37 is formed only on the right downflow path 3c side and is not formed on the left downflow path 3b side, but is not limited thereto, and may be formed in both downflow paths. .

  In the middle of the route from the normal symbol starting port 37 to the normal variable winning device 41 in the right downflow route 3c, a special variable prize in which the large winning port 50 can be opened or enlarged by a squeezing type opening door 52b can be opened or enlarged. A device 52 (special electric accessory) is provided, inside which is formed a special winning opening sensor 52a (see FIG. 3) for detecting a game ball entering the special winning opening 50.

  The periphery of the special winning opening 50 is a bulging portion (decorative member) 55 bulging from the surface of the game board 3, and the upper side 55a of the bulging portion 55 forms a downstream guide portion of the right flow path 3c. I have. When the special winning opening 50 is closed by the opening door 52b (the special winning opening closed state), a surface continuous with the upper side 55a of the bulging portion 55 is formed, so that the downstream guiding portion ( A part of the upper side 55a) is formed. In the downstream area of the right flow path 3c, in a region above the upper side 55a of the bulging portion 55, more precisely, in a game region above the special winning opening 50, the flow path correction plate is almost parallel to the flow direction of the game ball. 51d is provided so as to project the flowing game balls in the direction of the special winning opening 50.

  The process of entering a game ball into the special winning opening 50 is as follows. The game ball that has passed through the play area between the upper surface of the center decoration 48 and the ball guide rail 5 projects from the game board 3 and is on the top surface (upper side) 55a of the bulging portion 55 that functions as a guide for the game ball. Come down along. Then, the game ball comes into contact with the right end of the flow path correcting plate 51d projecting from the game board 3 surface, whereby the flowing direction of the game ball is corrected to the direction of the special winning opening 50 (downward). At this time, if the special winning opening 50 is covered with the protruding and retracting type open door 52b (the special winning opening closed state), the game ball rolls thereon, and furthermore, a predetermined arrangement (not shown) is formed. The game nail is guided in the direction of the tulip-type ordinary variable winning device 41 (lower starting port 35). At this time, if the lower starting port 35 is in a winable state (starting port open state), a game ball can win in the lower starting port 35, but the open door 52b is retracted into the game board surface and the big winning port 50 Is open (large winning opening open state), the game ball is guided into the special winning opening 50.

(Advantageous right-handed configuration under specific conditions)
In the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the player has aimed at the firing position on the special variable winning device 52 side (when the player has aimed the gaming ball to pass through the right-downflow path 3c), the normal symbol starting port Although the game balls are easy to win at 37, the game balls are hardly guided or not guided to the upper starting port 34 side. Therefore, in the "large winning opening closed state", it is difficult or impossible to win the starting openings 34 and 35 unless the movable wing piece 47 of the ordinary variable winning device 41 operates. However, the movable wing piece 47 operates in an opening / closing pattern that is more advantageous than at least the normal state when it enters a gaming state (for example, a time saving state or a probable change state) accompanied by a “state with electric support” described later. . Therefore, in the case of the state with the electric support, instead of "left hit" for aiming the game ball to pass through the left flow path 3b, aiming for the game ball to pass through the right flow path 3c is not determined. "Right strike" is considered advantageous. That is, whether the player hits the game “left” or “right” in an advantageous state for the player changes according to the game state, and under a state without electric support (for example, In the state with the electric support (for example, in the time reduction state or the state with a probable change), the "right-handed" is advantageous in the state with the electric support.

  Each winning opening such as the upper starting opening 34, the lower starting opening 35, the ordinary symbol starting opening 37, the large winning opening 50, or the general winning opening 43 functions as a winning means arranged in the game area 3a, The detection switch (winning detection switch) such as the upper starting opening sensor 34a, the lower starting opening sensor 35a, the ordinary symbol starting opening sensor 37a, the big winning opening sensor 52a, or the general winning opening sensor 43a is a game that has entered the winning means. It functions as detecting means for detecting a sphere. Note that the number, shape, formation position, and the like of the above-described winning ports (winning means) can be appropriately changed according to the game characteristics. In addition, for each winning means, whether the game ball flowing down the left downflow path 3b or the right downflow path 3c is difficult to win, cannot win, or can win, can be appropriately changed according to the game property.

  When a game ball wins at each winning opening, the number of winning balls per winning ball promised for each winning opening is paid out from the game ball payout device 19 (see FIG. 3). For example, three upper starting ports 34, one lower starting port 35, zero normal symbol starting ports 37 (no prize balls), fifteen large winning ports 50, and six general winning ports 43 are paid out. It is. The game balls that do not win the above winning ports are discharged from the gaming area 3a through the out ports 49. Here, the "winning" is not a structure in which the winning opening takes in the game ball therein, or a structure in which the winning opening takes in the game ball therein, but a winning opening formed by a pass-through gate (for example, the ordinary symbol starting port 37). ) Means that the game ball passes through the gate. In practice, when a game ball is detected by each of the winning detection switches formed for each winning port, a "winning" is given to the winning port. Is treated as having occurred. The game balls related to the winning are also referred to as “winning balls”.

<Movable object>
In the game area 3a, a plurality of movable bodies are arranged at positions not obstructing the flow of the game ball. In the present embodiment, a first movable body accessory (clock-type accessory) 80 is disposed on the upper right side in the center decorative body 48, and a second movable body accessory (flower-shaped accessory) is provided diagonally below and to the right. ) 90 are provided. A clock-type accessory 80, which is a first movable body accessory, includes a clock board portion 81 including a numeral display section divided into twelve numeral sectors by adding numerals of Roman letters “I” to “XII”; The watch has a clock hand 82 formed of a short hand and a long hand rotatably formed on the timepiece 81, and is configured as a watch-type accessory 80 as a whole. The clock part 81 has a full-color LED on the back side or inside for each sector section indicated by the hour hand, or the numeral sector itself is configured by a full-color LED, and the numeral sectors “I” to “XII” are individually independent. And emit light of different colors. The flower-shaped accessory 90, which is the second movable body, has a corolla made of a plurality of petals around a flower heart, and a calyx arranged around the outside of the corolla to double the flower cover. A flower-shaped portion 91 (first movable body 91) in the shape of a flower is configured as a flower-shaped accessory 90 attached to the tip of an arm 92 (second movable body 92) that can swing. The flower-shaped portion 91 is configured such that a plurality of petals can rotate around a flower heart as a central axis. The flower-shaped accessory 90 is usually stationary at an original position (indicated by a solid line in FIG. 2) defined at an edge in the liquid crystal screen or a side outside the liquid crystal screen, and when a predetermined operation condition is satisfied, the arm 92 is turned off. By tilting operation, the flower-shaped portion 91 moves together with the arm 92 to a position (shown by a broken line in FIG. 2) covering the liquid crystal screen. When it moves to the production position indicated by the broken line in FIG. 2, the flower-shaped portion 91 rotates at the tip of the arm, and the translucent flower heart and the petal portion can be illuminated beautifully by a lamp or a full-color LED from behind. . When the operation of the flower pattern accessory 90 is completed, the return to the original position of the solid line is returned from the effect position of the broken line. The flower-shaped portion 91 can perform a plurality of types of operation patterns, such as high-speed rotation, low-speed rotation, and reverse rotation, as the rotation operation of the petals. A plurality of operation patterns are possible, such as a quasi-tilt operation for tilting up to the tilt angle, a vibration operation in which the arm vibrates rattling, and an inching operation. The above-mentioned watch-shaped accessory 80 (clock hand 82) and flower-shaped accessory 90 (first movable body 91, second movable body 92) are used for a notice effect depending on the operation mode, and setting suggestions described later. It is also used for directing productions.

<2. Control device: Fig. 3>
Next, with reference to FIG. 3, a control device for controlling a game operation of the gaming machine 1 according to the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 3 is a control block diagram showing an outline of the control device.

  The control device of the gaming machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes a main control board (main control means) 20 (hereinafter, referred to as a “main control unit 20”) that comprehensively controls the entire game operation (game operation control). In response to an effect control command from the main control unit 20, an effect control board (effect control means) 24 (hereinafter, “effect control unit 24”) that comprehensively controls the effect execution control (presentation control) by the effect means. ), A payout control board (payout control means) 29 for controlling the payout of prize balls by the game ball payout device 19, and a power supply (including a backup power supply) required for each board of the gaming machine from an external power supply. And a power supply board (power control means (not shown)). Further, a liquid crystal display device 36 as an image display device is connected to the effect control unit 24. Note that the power supply route is omitted in FIG.

(2-1. Main control unit 20)
The main control unit 20 has a microprocessor 202 having a built-in CPU 201 (main control CPU) and a ROM 202 (main control CPU) that stores various data necessary for game operation control in addition to a control program describing a game operation control procedure. ROM) and a RAM 203 (main control RAM) functioning as a work area and a buffer memory, and constitute a microcomputer (Z80 system equivalent) as a whole. The main control unit 20 controls a lottery means (a first lottery means, a second lottery means) for executing a big hit lottery, a hit game control means (a big hit game control means) for executing and controlling a hit game, and each game state. Game state control means, determining means for selecting one of a plurality of types of change patterns (determined by lottery) based on at least a lottery result by the lottery means, symbol display control for controlling the change display operation of a special symbol Including means, etc., it comprehensively controls the game operation control (game operation control).

  Although not shown, the main control unit 20 applies a periodic interrupt to the Z80 system, a CTC that provides a function of generating a pulse output at a fixed period (bit rate generator), and a time measurement function, and provides an interrupt signal to the CPU. An interrupt controller circuit that performs interrupt enable / disable functions such as timer interrupts, a reset circuit that can detect when power is turned on or off, or detect a power failure, and reset the CPU by outputting a system reset signal. Watchdog timer (WDT) circuit for monitoring abnormal operation of the vehicle, an out-of-designated area prohibition (IAT) circuit for monitoring whether or not a program is correctly executed within a preset address range, A counter circuit for generating random numbers is also provided. Note that at least the main control unit (main control board) 20 and the payout control board 29 receive a voltage drop signal received from a power supply board (not shown), and start executing necessary backup processing prior to power-off. The game operation before the cutoff can be resumed after the power is restored (backup function). In this gaming machine 1, each storage content of the RAM can be held for at least several days.

  The counter circuit includes a random number generation circuit that generates a random number, and a sampling circuit that samples a random number value at a predetermined timing from the random number generation circuit, and functions as a 16-bit counter as a whole. By sending an instruction to the sampling circuit according to the processing state, the CPU 201 acquires the numerical value indicated by the random number generation circuit as an internal lottery random number value (big hit determination random number (size of random number: 65536)). , And use the random number value for the jackpot lottery. The random number for internal lottery is obtained by adding a soft random number value generated by appropriate software processing and a hard random number value in order to prevent a hitting action such as hitting and hitting.

  The main control unit 20 also includes an upper starting sensor 34a for detecting a winning in the upper starting opening 34, a lower starting opening sensor 35a for detecting a winning in the lower starting opening 35, and a game ball to the normal symbol starting opening 37. Is connected to a normal symbol start-up sensor 37a for detecting the passage of a special winning opening 50, a special winning opening sensor 52a for detecting a winning to the special winning opening 50, and a general winning opening sensor 43a for detecting a winning to the general winning opening 43, The main control unit 20 can receive the detection signals from these. The main control unit 20 grasps which winning opening the game ball has won (entered) based on the detection signals from these sensors.

  The main control unit 20 is connected to an OUT monitoring switch 49a for detecting a game ball (a so-called out ball) discharged from the gaming machine through the out port 49 and each winning port, and the main control unit 20 includes an OUT monitoring switch. The detection signal from 49a can be received. The main control unit 20 includes a counting unit that counts the number of out-balls based on a detection signal from the OUT monitoring switch 49a. The number of out-balls depends on whether or not the player has continued to launch game balls from the launching device 32, whether or not the winning openings 34, 35 are won, that is, whether or not the symbol variation display game is executed. And increase. The launching performance of the launching device 32 according to the present embodiment is 100 shots per minute. For example, if the total number of out-balls today is 30,000, the gaming machine 1 has been operating for 300 minutes. Information (total number of out balls (number) / firing performance (100 shots per minute). Therefore, it can be said that the number of out balls (total number of out balls) is one of the game result information defined by the specific value. The out-ball count information is used for calculating a base value (one of the game result information) described later.

  Further, a fraud detection sensor (for example, a vibration sensor, a radio wave sensor, or a magnetic sensor: not shown) for detecting fraudulent acts on the gaming machine 1 is connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 includes a fraud detection sensor. It is possible to monitor for misconduct with respect to the gaming machine based on the detection signal from.

  The main control unit 20 includes a normal electric accessory solenoid 41c for controlling the opening and closing of the movable wing piece 47 of the lower starting port 35, and a special winning opening solenoid 52c for controlling the opening and closing of the open door 52b of the special winning opening 50. Are connected, and the main control unit 20 can transmit a control signal for driving and controlling these.

  Further, a special symbol display device 38a and a special symbol display device 38b are connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 can transmit a control signal for controlling display of the special symbols 1 and 2. I have. Further, a normal symbol display device 39a is connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 can transmit a control signal for controlling display of the normal symbol.

  Further, a composite display device 38c, a right-handed display device 39b, and a number-of-rounds display device 39c are connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 controls the display of various information displayed on these. The signal can be transmitted.

  The main control unit 20 is connected to an external terminal board 21 for a frame, and the main control unit 20 outputs a signal (outer end signal) including predetermined game information via the external terminal board 21 for a game machine. Can be output to the outside. The frame external terminal board 21 is configured to be connectable to a so-called “data counter DT” or “hole computer HC” provided outside the gaming machine. The end signal is sent to “Hall computer HC”. The main control unit 20 outputs, as the outer end signal, for example, winning game start information, winning information to the starting opening (special symbol change start information), award ball number information, security information (for example, cheating, RAM clear, It is possible to output one or a plurality of outer end signals including information on the occurrence of a setting change. The “Hall computer HC” monitors and collects game information of the game machine based on the outer end signal output from the frame external terminal board 21 and comprehensively manages the operation status of the game machine installed in the pachinko hall. This is a management computer dedicated to a game store managed by the company.

  In addition, the main control unit 20 performs a type test (a test related to a test on a model of a gaming machine based on rules on the recognition of a game machine and a test of the model) performed by the Security Communication Association (Hotsukyo). Accordingly, a model test signal for specifying a game operation in real time can be output from the frame external terminal board 21. In addition, when a gaming machine that conforms to the type test is installed in a pachinko hall, no change in the conforming control program is permitted.

  A payout control board (payout control unit) 29 is connected to the main control unit 20. The payout control board 29 issues a control command (payout control board) to the payout control board 29 when payout of a prize ball is required. A payout control command for specifying the number of winning balls) can be transmitted.

  A game ball payout device (game ball payout means) 19 for paying out game balls is connected to the payout control board 29. The main role of the payout control board 29 is to receive a payout control command from the main control unit 20, control the payout of the game ball payout device 19 based on the payout control command, transmit a state signal to the main control unit 20, and the like. It is.

  The game ball payout device 19 is provided with an out-of-supply detection sensor 19a for detecting a supply shortage of game balls, a ball counting sensor 19b for detecting game balls to be paid out (prize balls), and the like. Each detection signal from these sensors can be received. Further, the game ball payout device 19 is provided with a payout motor 19c for driving a ball payout mechanism (not shown) for paying out game balls, and a payout control board 29 drives and controls the payout motor 19c. Can be transmitted.

  The payout control board 29 includes a full detection sensor 60 for detecting the storage state of the game balls stored in the upper tray 9 (whether or not the upper tray 9 is full), the front frame 2 and / or the front operation. A door opening sensor 61 that detects an open state of the panel 7 is connected. The door opening sensor 61 according to the present embodiment functions as a door opening detecting unit. For example, the door opening sensor 61 is turned on when the front frame 2 is opened forward with respect to the outer frame 4 (open state detection), and turned off when closed. It is configured to be in a state (closed state detection).

  The payout control board 29 is provided with a “ball clogging signal” indicating a full state based on detection signals from various sensors such as the fullness detection sensor 60, the door open sensor 61, the replenishment detection sensor 19a, and the ball counting sensor 19b. A “door open signal” indicating that the frame 2 and the front operation panel 7 are open, a “supply outage signal” indicating an insufficient supply of game balls from the game ball payout device 19, a lack of payout of prize balls and the number of prize balls. Various status signals, such as a “count error signal” indicating that an abnormality has occurred and a “payout completion signal” indicating that the payout operation has been completed, can be transmitted to the main control unit 20. Based on these state signals, the main control unit 20 determines whether the front frame 2 and the front operation panel 7 are open (door open error), and whether the payout operation of the game ball payout device 19 is normal ( The replenishment error) and whether the upper tray 9 is full (ball clogging error) is monitored.

  A firing control board (a firing control unit) 28 is connected to the payout control board 29 so that a firing control signal (a firing permission signal ES) can be transmitted to the firing control board 28. The launch control board 28 controls energization of a launch solenoid (not shown) provided in the launch device 32 based on the launch control signal to realize a game ball launch operation by operating the launch operation handle 15. . Further, the strength of the launch of the game ball can be changed according to the operation amount of the firing operation handle 15.

  The main control unit 20 includes a RAM clear switch 98 for initializing a predetermined area of the RAM 203, a setting key switch 94 for switching to a “setting change allowable state” in which a setting value can be changed, and a setting switch In the change permission state, a setting change switch 95 for changing the setting value and a setting change completion switch 96 for fixing the setting value selected by the setting change switch 95 (the RAM clear switch 98 may be substituted). Are connected, and the main control unit 20 can receive detection signals from these switches. In the case of the present embodiment, the RAM clear switch 98, the setting change switch 95, and the setting change completion switch 96 are all push-button switches operable by an operator, and the setting key switch 94 is used to set a setting key. A key switch that can be switched between a setting change allowable state (ON) and a setting change prohibited state (OFF) by being inserted and performing an ON / OFF operation. These switches 98, 94, 95, and 96 are formed at appropriate places inside the gaming machine from the viewpoint of preventing unauthorized acts (clearing an unauthorized RAM, changing an unauthorized setting, etc.), and unless the front frame 2 is opened. On / off operation from outside the gaming machine is impossible.

  The main control unit 20 is connected to a setting display 97 (setting display means) for displaying information related to the setting value, and the main control unit 20 can transmit a control signal for controlling the display. . The setting display 97 according to the present embodiment is composed of one 7-segment display, and is located at an appropriate place inside the gaming machine that is invisible to the player, for example, the main control board 20, the payout control board 28, and the launch. On the control board 29, the relay board (relay board for relaying the connection between the control board and various display devices and switches, etc .: not shown), or on the effect control unit (effect control board (including the liquid crystal control board)) 24 It is attached to such as. It can be provided at an appropriate place inside the gaming machine.

(About setting value)
The “set value” is to change the payout rate (so-called machine split (PAYOUT rate)) in a stepwise manner. In the present embodiment, six set values of settings 1 to 6 are provided. ing. This “set value” defines at least the lottery probability (winning probability) of the big hit (hit type in which the condition device described later is activated) in each of the settings 1 to 6 (six levels). , The larger the jackpot lottery probability (big jackpot winning probability) is set, the more advantageous the player is. For example, at low probability, setting 1/410, setting 2/1/390, setting 3/1/370, setting 4/1/350, setting 5/1/330, setting 6/1/320, etc. is there. In other words, the higher the set value is, the easier it is to win a big hit (the higher the machine split), and this has an advantageous effect on the player. As described above, the set value is a value that mainly defines an event that affects the machine split for each stage, and means a value for a class related to the likelihood of occurrence of a specific event such as a big hit. Such “set value” is determined exclusively based on the sales strategy of the pachinko hall (game store). When the jackpot lottery probability is in the high probability state (when the later-described special symbol probability changing function is activated), the probability increases to a value not exceeding 10 times, and for each set value, the rate of increase ( Ratios) are not different (increase rate is uniform). In the above example, the jackpot lottery probability at the time of low probability is set to 1 to 6 = 1/410 to 1/320, and when the rate of increase is 10 times, the jackpot lottery probability at the time of high probability is set to 1 to 6 = 1/41 to 1/32.

  When a plurality of types of jackpots are provided, the winning probability of one or more types of jackpots can be changed according to the set value. For example, when there are four types of big hits, ie, big hits 1 to 4, as the set value becomes relatively higher, the winning probability of all of the big hits 1 to 4 may be increased, or some of the big hits may be configured. The winning probability of only one of the big hits 1 to 3 may be configured to be high (in this case, the winning probability is common to all the setting values for the big hit 4), or only a specific big hit (for example, only the big hit 1 only) ) May be configured to increase only the winning probability (in this case, the jackpots 2 to 4 have a common winning probability at all set values). Moreover, you may comprise so that the total winning probability of big hits 1 to 4 may become high, so that a setting value is relatively high. Further, the winning probability of the small hit type that does not trigger the operation of the condition device may be changed according to the set value, as in the case of the big hit described above.

(About changing the set value)
In the present embodiment, when the power is turned on, at least the setting key switch 94 and the RAM clear switch 98 are turned on, the setting is changed to a permissible state, and if the power is turned on by any other switch operation, It is controlled to the setting change prohibition state. When the setting change switch 95 is turned ON in the setting change allowable state, the current display value of the setting display 97 is changed to “1 → 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → 6 → 1 → 2 → 3 →. The display is switched so as to circulate in the range of 1 to 6 as shown in FIG. Then, when the desired setting value is displayed, when the setting change completion switch 96 is turned ON (setting confirmation operation), the current display value is decided as the current setting value, and the setting value data is stored in a predetermined area ( (Setting value storage area). Then, when the setting key switch 94 is operated from the current ON state to the OFF state, the setting change allowable state is ended, and thereafter, the game is started with the determined set value. The main control unit 20 of the present embodiment, based on an operation of a predetermined operation unit, a setting value selection unit that selects one of a plurality of setting values having different degrees of advantage for the player, Setting value setting means for setting the setting value selected by the setting value selecting means.

  In addition, the main control unit 20 can transmit various game processing information such as information on a special symbol change display game and error information to the effect control unit 24 by an effect control command according to the processing state. . However, in order to prevent a goto action from the outside, the main control unit 20 only transmits a signal to the effect control unit 24, and has a configuration of one-way communication in which a signal from the effect control unit 24 cannot be received. Has become.

(About performance indicator 99)
In addition, a performance display 99 (information display means) for displaying (notifying) information (hereinafter, referred to as “performance information”) related to a game result in a predetermined period (specific game period) is connected to the main control unit 20; The main control unit 20 is capable of transmitting a control signal for controlling the display. The performance indicator 99 of the present embodiment is composed of a plurality of 7-segment LEDs. Specifically, four 7-segment LEDs (7-segment indicators 99a to 99d) in which a display unit and a circuit unit are unitized are arranged side by side. Are mounted on the main control board 20, for example, to constitute a display capable of displaying four-digit numbers. Each 7-segment LED has a decimal point DP (dot) below the 7-segment numeral. The above-mentioned "performance information" is mainly used by pachinko parlors and related agencies for confirmation and investigation. This is information for investigating whether or not the game machine's original payout performance (designed payout performance) is properly exhibited, in other words, “information on the game performance”. Therefore, the performance information itself is information that is not directly related to the game progress itself when the player plays a game, unlike a notice effect or a setting suggestion effect described later. For this reason, the performance indicator 99 is not installed at a location visible to the player, but is mounted on an easily visible location inside the gaming machine, for example, on a control board or a board case protecting the same. Further, at least one segment among the four segments 99 a to 99 d of the performance indicator 99 may also be used as the setting indicator 97.

  In the present embodiment, as the “performance information”, the total number of payouts (number of normal payouts) in the normal state (the jackpot lottery probability is a low probability (normal probability) and no electric support described later) and the normal state The total number of out balls (normal number of outs) is measured in real time, and the value obtained by dividing the number of normal outs by the number of outs in normal time is multiplied by 100 (the number of normal outs / the number of outs in normal times × 100) (Calculated base value), which is displayed on the performance display 99 in a predetermined manner. As the base value, a value obtained by rounding off the first decimal place is displayed on the performance display 99. However, when the number of out-balls during the measurement reaches a predetermined specified number (for example, 60000), the measurement is temporarily stopped, instead of simply displaying the base value (performance information) by permanently measuring. Then, the base value at the end of the measurement is stored as history information in the RAM 203 (the current base value is stored), and measurement of a new base value is started again. In the present embodiment, the above-mentioned “specified number (60000 pieces)” which is a measurement end trigger is not the normal number of outs, but the total outs measured in all game states (including a hit game). The number of balls (the number of all state outs) is adopted, and the “number of all state outs” is also measured in real time.

(2-2. Effect control unit 24)
The effect control unit 24 is equipped with a microprocessor having a built-in CPU 241 (effect control CPU), a ROM 242 (effect control ROM) storing effect data required for effect control processing, and a RAM 243 (functioning as a work area and a buffer memory). Effect control RAM), an acoustic control unit (sound source LSI), an RTC function unit (Real Time Clock), a counter circuit for effect random drawing random numbers, an interrupt controller circuit, a reset circuit, A WDT circuit or the like is provided, and controls the overall production operation. The RTC function unit is a clock IC that ticks the time, and relates to time information on a real time, that is, the current time (“current time, minute, and second”) and / or date (month, day, day of the week). Acts as a clock to provide calendar information.

  The main roles of the production control unit 24 are reception of a production control command from the main control unit 20, selection of a production based on the production control command, image display control of the liquid crystal display device 36 as production means, and sound control of the speaker 46. And light emission control of various effect LEDs (decoration lamp 45, button LED 13b, and other effect LEDs), and operation control of various movable bodies 80 and 90.

  The effect control unit 24 includes a display control unit (not shown) that controls display of the liquid crystal display device 36. The display control unit includes a VDP that controls overall image output processing such as image expansion processing and image drawing, an image ROM that stores image data (effect image data) on which the VDP performs image expansion processing, and a VDP that stores the image data. (Video RAM) for temporarily storing the obtained image data, a liquid crystal control CPU for outputting control data necessary for the VDP to perform display control, a program describing a display control operation procedure of the liquid crystal control CPU, It mainly comprises a liquid crystal control ROM for storing various data necessary for display control, and a liquid crystal control RAM functioning as a work area and a buffer memory.

  In addition, the effect control unit 24 includes various effect LEDs such as the decorative lamp 45 and the button LEDs 13b and 62a in order to cause various effects (light effects, sound effects, and movable body effects by the movable body). An optical display controller for the optical display device 45a, an acoustic controller (sound source LSI) for the sound generator 46a including the speaker 46, and a drive controller (motor for the movable body part motors 80c and 90c for operating the movable body part) Driving circuit). The effect control unit 24 is capable of transmitting control signals relating to effect means to these control units.

  The effect control unit 24 is connected to a position detection sensor 82a that monitors the operation of the movable object, and the effect control unit 24 determines the current operation of the movable object based on the detection information from the position detection sensor 82a. The operation mode is controlled while monitoring the position (for example, the movement amount from the origin position). In addition, based on the detection information from the position detection sensor 82a, a malfunction of the operation is monitored, and if a malfunction occurs, this is notified as a movable body part error.

  The effect control unit 24 is connected to an effect button switch 13a for detecting operation of the effect button 13 and directional key switches 75a 'to 75d' for detecting operation of the direction keys 75 (75a to 75d). The unit 24 can receive operation detection signals from the effect buttons 13 and the direction keys 75.

  When the effect control unit 24 receives the effect control command sent from the main control unit 20, based on information included in the command, the effect control unit 24 determines one of a plurality of effect patterns prepared in advance by lottery or uniquely. Then, it controls various effect means at a necessary timing to make a desired effect appear. Thereby, display of the effect image (image display effect) by the liquid crystal display device 36, reproduction of sound from the speaker 46 (sound effect), and lighting / flashing drive (light effect) of the decoration lamp 45 and other effect LEDs are realized. By developing various effect patterns (moving display operation of decorative symbols, notice effect, hold display, etc.) in chronological order, an "effect scenario" in a broad sense is realized. Further, during the predetermined operation reception valid period, the effect control unit 24 determines which one of the effect buttons 13 and / or the direction keys 75 based on the operation detection signals from the effect button switch 13a and the direction key switches 75a 'to 75d'. It is configured to be able to identify whether such an operation has been performed (for example, pressing, long pressing, continuous hitting, etc.) (operation identifying means), and it is configured to be able to control an effect according to the operation mode. I have.

  The effect control command defines a function with a 2-byte configuration including a 1-byte mode (MODE) and a 1-byte event (EVENT). To distinguish MODE and EVENT, Bit7 of MODE is used. Bit7 of ON and EVENT is OFF. When transmitting such information as valid, a strobe signal is output corresponding to each of the mode (MODE) and the event (EVENT). That is, when there is a command to be transmitted, the CPU 201 (main control CPU) sets and outputs mode (MODE) information for transmitting the command to the effect control unit 24, and performs the first time after a predetermined time elapses from this setting. Is transmitted. Further, event (EVENT) information is set and output after a lapse of a predetermined time from the transmission of the strobe signal, and a second transmission of the strobe signal is performed after a lapse of a predetermined time from the setting. The strobe signal is controlled to an active state by the CPU 201 for a predetermined period during which the CPU 241 (production control CPU) can reliably receive a command.

  The effect control unit 24 (CPU 241) generates an interrupt based on the input of the strobe signal, executes a control program for command reception interrupt processing, and acquires an effect control command in the interrupt processing. Has become. Also, unlike the CPU 201, when an interrupt occurs based on the input of a strobe signal, the CPU 241 is executing an interrupt process based on another interrupt (a timer interrupt process that is periodically executed). Even if there is, the command reception interrupt process is performed by interrupting the process, and the command reception interrupt process is preferentially performed even if other interrupts occur at the same time.

<3. Outline of operation>
Next, a game operation of the gaming machine 1 using the control device (FIG. 3) will be described.

(3-1. Symbol change display game)
(3-1-1. Special design variation display game, decorative design variation display game)
In the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment, based on predetermined starting conditions, specifically, when the game ball enters (wins) the upper starting port 34 or the lower starting port 35, the main controller 20 "Big hit lottery" is performed by random number lottery. The main control unit 20 displays the special symbols 1 and 2 on the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b based on the lottery result and starts the special symbol variation display game. The display is displayed on the device, and the special symbol variation display game is thereby terminated.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the jackpot lottery based on the winning in the upper starting port 34 and the jackpot lottering based on the winning in the lower starting port 35 are performed separately and independently. For this reason, the jackpot lottery result for the upper starting port 34 is derived on the special symbol display device 38a side, and the jackpot lottery result for the lower starting port 35 is derived on the special symbol display device 38b side. Specifically, on the special symbol display device 38a side, on condition that a game ball has entered the upper starting port 34, the special symbol 1 is variably displayed to start the first special symbol variability display game, On the other hand, on the special symbol display device 38b side, on condition that a game ball has entered the lower starting port 35, the special symbol 2 is variably displayed and the second special symbol variance display game is started. ing. Then, when the special symbol change display game is started on the special symbol display device 38a or the special symbol display device 38b, after a predetermined change display time has elapsed, if the jackpot lottery result is "big hit", a predetermined "big hit" In the mode, if the big hit lottery result is "small hit", the special symbol during the variable display is stopped and displayed in the predetermined "small hit" mode if it is a "small hit" mode, and otherwise in the predetermined "losing" mode. As a result, a game result (big hit lottery result) is derived.

  In this specification, for convenience of explanation, the first special symbol change display game on the special symbol display device 38a is referred to as “special symbol change display game 1”, and the second special symbol change display game 38b on the special symbol display device 38b side. Is referred to as “special symbol variation display game 2”. Unless otherwise required, "special symbol 1" and "special symbol 2" are simply referred to as "special symbols" (sometimes abbreviated as "special symbols"), and "special symbol variation display game 1" and "special symbols". The variable display game 2 ”may be referred to as a“ special symbol variable display game ”.

  When the above-described special symbol variation display game is started, a decorative symbol (a staging game symbol) is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 36 in a variable manner, thereby starting a decorative symbol variation display game. Various effects are developed. When the special symbol variation display game ends, the decorative symbol variation display game also terminates, the special symbol display device reflects a predetermined special symbol indicating the jackpot lottery result, and the liquid crystal display device 36 reflects the jackpot lottery result. The decorative design is derived and displayed. In other words, the result of the special symbol variation display game is reflected and displayed by the stunning decorative symbol variation display game including the decorative symbol variation display operation.

  Therefore, for example, when the result of the special symbol change display game (the result of the jackpot lottery) is “big hit”, an effect reflecting the result is developed in the decorative symbol change display game. When the special symbol display device is stopped and displayed in a display mode in which the special symbol indicates a big hit (for example, the display state of 7-segment is “7”), the liquid crystal display device 36 displays “left”, “middle”, “right”. In each display area, the decorative pattern reflects the "big hit" (for example, in each display area of "left", "middle" and "right", three decorative patterns are "7", "7" and " 7) is stopped and displayed.

  When this "big hit" is reached, specifically, the special symbol change display game ends, and the decorative symbol change display game ends accordingly, and as a result, the symbol mode of "big hit" is derived and displayed. Thereafter, the special winning opening solenoid 52c (see FIG. 3) of the special variable winning device 52 operates to open and close the opening door 52b in a predetermined pattern, thereby opening and closing the special winning opening 50, and in a normal state (normal game). A special game state (big hit game) that is more advantageous to the player than the state) occurs. In this jackpot game, the opening time of the special winning opening by the open door 52b is continued until a predetermined time (maximum opening time: for example, 29.8 seconds) elapses, or the number of game balls winning the special winning opening (the special winning opening 50). (The maximum number of winning balls (maximum winning number): for example, 10) that is permitted for the winning opening which is opened or enlarged by one operation of the accessory. Until the winning area is opened or expanded, and if any of these conditions (round game ending condition) is satisfied, the big winning opening is closed (closing condition is satisfied), The predetermined number of rounds (for example, a maximum of 10 rounds) are repeated. The details of the hit type to be subjected to the jackpot lottery will be described later with reference to FIG.

  When the big hit game starts, an opening effect is first performed using the big hit start interval time, and after the big hit start interval time elapses, the round game is set to a predetermined number of predetermined rounds (maximum number of rounds). Performed multiple times. When the specified number of rounds ends, an ending effect is performed using the big hit end interval time, and the big hit game ends when the big hit end interval time elapses. That is, the big hit game is roughly divided into an opening period (big hit start interval time), a round game period with the maximum number of rounds being an upper limit, and an ending period (big hit end interval time). The details of the big hit game will be described later.

  Regarding the information necessary for the execution of the above-described decorative symbol variation display game, first, the main control unit 20 determines that the game ball has entered (wins) the upper starting port 34 or the lower starting port 35, and specifically, On the condition that a game ball is detected by the upper starting port sensor 34a or the lower starting port sensor 35a and a starting condition (a starting condition relating to a special symbol) is established, a "big hit", "small hit", or "losing" If it is "big hit", the big hit type if it is "big hit", the big hit type if it is "small hit", and if it is "losing" Perform a jackpot lottery including 'symbol lottery (winning type lottery)' for losing the type. (If there is only one type of jackpot, small hit or losing, there is no need to perform the symbol lottery, so omit the symbol lottery. Can be), Based on the lottery result information to determine variation pattern and of the special symbols, and finally a special symbol to stop displaying the (special stop symbol). Then, as an effect control command for specifying the processing state, an effect control unit 24 includes at least a “change pattern designating command” including at least the change pattern information of the special symbol (for example, information on a jackpot lottery result and the change time of the special symbol). Send to the side. Thereby, the basic information required for the decorative symbol change display game is sent to the effect control unit 24. In the present embodiment, a “decorative symbol designating command” including information on a special stop symbol (symbol lottery result information (information on a hit type)) is also transmitted to the effect controller 24 in order to enrich the effect variations. It has become.

  The fluctuation pattern information of the special symbol can include information designating occurrence of a specific notice effect (for example, a reach effect type described later, a pseudo continuous effect and the number of times). In detail, the variation pattern of the special symbol is roughly classified into a "hit variation pattern" in the case of a hit and a "loss variation pattern" in the case of a loss according to a jackpot lottery result. 'Reach fluctuation pattern' that specifies the occurrence of reach effects (including the specification of N reach 1-2 and weak SP reach-strong reach types described below), 'Normal fluctuation pattern' that does not specify the occurrence of reach effects, There are multiple types of variation patterns, such as the 'reach variation pattern with pseudo-sequence' that specifies the occurrence of the staging and the reach effect, and the 'normal variation pattern with the pseudo-sequence that specifies the occurrence of the pseudo-sequence but does not specify the occurrence of the reach effect. included. In addition, for the reach fluctuation pattern and the pseudo-continuous fluctuation pattern, the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the normal fluctuation pattern is basically set in order to secure the production time of the notice effect. Some are short.

  The effect control unit 24 performs a time-series operation during the decorative design change display game based on information included in the effect control commands (here, the change pattern designating command and the decorative design designating command) sent from the main control unit 20. And the decorative design (decorative stop design) to be finally stopped and displayed are determined according to the time schedule based on the special design change pattern. Appearance control is performed for the decorative display variation display effect. In this manner, the decorative symbols on the liquid crystal display device 36 are variably displayed in synchronization with the display of the special symbols on the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b in time, and during the period of the special symbol variable display game and during the decorative symbol variable display game. Is substantially the same time width. The effect control unit 24 controls the liquid crystal display device 36, the light display device 45a, or the sound generation device 46a, respectively, so as to correspond to the effect scenario, and develops various effects in the decorative design change display game. Thereby, the reproduction of an image (image effect), the reproduction of a sound effect (sound effect) on the liquid crystal display device 36, and the lighting / blinking drive (light effect) of the effect LED such as the decorative lamp 45 are realized.

  As described above, the special symbol variation display game and the decorative symbol variation display game have an inseparable relationship, and the one reflecting the display result of the special symbol variation display game is to be expressed in the decoration symbol variation display game. The two symbol variation display games may be regarded as equivalent symbol games. In the present specification, the two symbol variation display games may be simply referred to as “symbol variation display games” unless otherwise required.

(3-1-2. Normal design fluctuation display game)
In the gaming machine 1, the main control unit 20 performs a random number lottery based on the fact that a game ball has passed (wins) the ordinary symbol starting port 37. Based on this lottery result, the ordinary symbol represented by the LED is displayed on the ordinary symbol display device 39a in a variable manner, and the normal symbol variation display game is started. Stop display is performed in combination. For example, when the result of the normal symbol variation display game is “assistant hit”, the display section of the normal symbol display device 39a is stopped and displayed in a specific lighting state (for example, all the two LEDs 39 are in a lighting state).

  When the "assistance hit" occurs, the ordinary electric accessory solenoid 41c (see FIG. 3) operates, whereby the movable wing piece 47 opens in an inverted "C" shape and the lower starting port 35 is opened. Alternatively, the game ball is enlarged to be in a state in which the game ball easily flows (starting port opened state), and an auxiliary game state (hereinafter, referred to as “open electric game”) which is more advantageous to the player than in the normal state occurs. In this general-purpose opening game, the opening time of the lower starting port 35 (the operating time during which the lower starting port 35 is opened by the movable wing piece 47) is set by the movable wing piece 47 of the normal fluctuation winning device 41 for a predetermined time (for example, Until 0.2 seconds have elapsed, or until the number of game balls winning the lower starting port 35 reaches a predetermined number (for example, four), the winning area is opened or expanded, and any one of these conditions is satisfied. In such a case, the operation of closing the lower starting port 35 is repeated a predetermined number of times (for example, up to two times).

(3-1-3. Operation hold ball)
Here, in the present embodiment, during the special / decorative symbol variation display game, during the ordinary symbol variation display game, during the jackpot game, or during the open-destination game, a prize is won in each of the opening ports 34 to 35 or the ordinary symbol startup port 37. If this occurs, that is, if a detection signal is input from the start-up opening sensors 34a to 35a or the normal design start-up opening sensor 37a and the corresponding start-up condition (symbol game start condition) is satisfied, this is changed to the start right of the variable display game. , Except for the data related to the variable display, the data is held and stored up to a predetermined upper limit, that is, the maximum number of held storages (for example, up to four). The pending data on hold that has not been subjected to the symbol change display operation or the game ball related to the pending data is also referred to as an “operation pending ball”. In order to clarify the number of the operation reserve balls to the player, a dedicated reserve display (not shown) provided at an appropriate place of the gaming machine 1 or a reserve display provided as an icon image on a screen of the liquid crystal display device 36 Light up the display.

  In the present embodiment, up to four operation-holding balls relating to the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2, and the normal symbol are stored in the corresponding storage area of the RAM 203 at the maximum, and are held as the number of times the special symbol or the normal symbol is changed. Note that the maximum storage number (maximum storage number) of the number of operation-reserved balls for the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2, and the ordinary symbol is not particularly limited. In addition, all or a part of the maximum reserved storage number of each symbol may be different, and the number can be appropriately determined according to the game property. In the following, the special design 1, special design 2, and normal design operation reserve balls are also referred to as special figure 1 operation reserve ball, special figure 2 operation reserve ball, and general figure operation reserve ball, respectively.

(3-2. Game state)
Next, the gaming state will be described. The gaming machine 1 according to the present embodiment is configured to be able to generate a plurality of types of gaming states in addition to the above-mentioned jackpot which is a special gaming state. In order to facilitate understanding of the present invention, first, functions (means) related to occurrence of various game states will be described.

  The gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment has a “probability changing function (probability changing function)” in which the main control unit 20 (CPU 201) functions as a functional unit. There are two types of functions, a positive change function relating to a special symbol (hereinafter, referred to as a "special symbol positive change function") and a positive change function relating to a normal symbol (hereinafter, referred to as a "normal pattern positive change function").

  The special symbol probability changing function changes the jackpot lottery probability from a low probability (for example, 1/320) of a predetermined probability (normal probability) to a high probability (for example, 1/32), and is more advantageous than the normal state. This is a function to generate a "high probability state (big hit high probability state)". Under the gaming state (high probability state) in which the special symbol probability changing function is operating, the big hit lottery probability becomes high, so that a big hit is easily generated.

  The ordinary symbol probability changing function changes the lottery probability per assistance from a low probability (for example, 2/256) which is a predetermined probability (normal probability) to a high probability (for example, 255/255), and is more advantageous than the normal state. This is a function to generate a “probable change state of auxiliary hit”. Under the game state in which the normal symbol probability changing function is operating (probability change status per auxiliary), since the lottery probability per auxiliary is in a high probability state, an auxiliary win is likely to occur, and the open electric game frequently occurs. In this state, the operating rate of the movable blade piece 47 per unit time is higher than that in the normal state.

  In addition, the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment has a “variation time reduction function (time reduction function)” in which the main control unit 20 functions as a functional unit. There are two types of time-saving functions related to special symbols (hereinafter, referred to as “special symbol time-saving functions”) and time-saving functions relating to ordinary symbols (hereinafter, referred to as “normal symbol time-saving functions”).

  The special symbol time saving function reduces the average time required for one special symbol variation display game (the average time from when the special symbol starts to change to when it is stopped and displayed (confirmed display)). This is a function that generates a "state." In the game state (special symbol time reduction state) in which the special symbol time reduction function is activated, the average fluctuation time of the special symbol in one special symbol fluctuation display game is shortened (for example, the average required for the loss variation without reach). (The time is reduced from 8 seconds to 2 seconds), and the lottery number is improved in which the number of jackpots per unit time is improved compared to the normal state.

  The normal symbol time-saving function generates a “normal symbol time-saving state” that shortens the average time required for one normal symbol fluctuation display game (the average time from when the normal symbol starts to fluctuate until it is stopped and displayed). It is a function to make it. In the game state in which the normal symbol time saving function is activated (ordinary symbol time saving state), the average fluctuation time of the normal symbol in one normal symbol fluctuation display game is reduced (for example, from 30 seconds to 1 second). ), A lottery number improvement state in which the number of lotteries per auxiliary per unit time is higher than in the normal state.

  Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment is provided with an “open extension function” in which the main control unit 20 functions as a functional unit. The opening extension function is a function of generating an “open extension state” in which the opening operation period (opening time of the movable wing piece 47) of the movable wing piece 47 of the normal fluctuation winning device 41 is extended from the normal state. In the open extension state, the opening operation period of the movable wing piece 47 (starting port open state time) is extended from, for example, 0.2 seconds to 1.7 seconds, and the number of times of opening and closing is, for example, one time (open extension function). Is extended to two times (when the opening extension function is operating) from twice (when the opening extension function is operating), and the operating rate of the movable wing piece 47 per unit time is higher than in the normal state. Therefore, when the opening extension function is activated, the winning frequency to the lower starting port 35 increases, so that as a gaming state, the frequency of establishment of the starting condition of the special symbol change display game for deriving the jackpot lottery result is lower than the normal state. In this regard, the open extended state is also referred to as an “electric chew support state” in that the open extended function is in an advantageous gaming state compared to a state in which the open extended function is not activated (inactive).

  By activating one or more of the above functions, it is possible to change the internal gaming state (internal gaming state) of the gaming machine. In the following, for convenience of explanation, the game state in which the special symbol probability changing function, special symbol time saving function, normal symbol probability changing function, normal symbol time saving function, and opening extension function operate is referred to as `` probable variation state '', and from among these functions, A game state in which the special symbol probability changing function is removed is referred to as a "time saving state", and a game state in which at least the special symbol probability changing function operates and the opening extension function does not operate (in the present embodiment, a game state in which only the special symbol probability changing function operates) ) Is referred to as a “latent state”, and a state in which all functions are not operating (non-operating) is referred to as a “normal state”. Therefore, paying attention to the jackpot lottery probability in these game states, when the game state is the “time saving state” or “normal state”, the jackpot lottery probability becomes “low probability state (normal probability)” and the game state becomes In the case of the “latent state” or the “probable state”, the jackpot lottery probability becomes the “high probability state”. In addition, during the big hit related to the operation of the condition device, a hit game in which the big winning opening is opened and closed occurs, but all of the above functions are not operated, and basically, the same game state as the above normal state is performed. To be placed.

  Regarding each of the above-mentioned gaming states, if attention is paid to the presence or absence of the electric-chu support state, if the gaming state is “normal state” or “latent state”, there is no electric-chu support state (hereinafter, “electric-support-less state” ), And when the gaming state is the “time saving state” or the “probable change state”, the state is “the electric-chu support state is present (hereinafter, referred to as the“ electric-supply-present state ”)”. In the case of the present embodiment, in the probable state and the time saving state with the electric tuner support state, the normal symbol probable change function, the normal design time saving function, and the opening extension function are simultaneously operated, so that the generation of the general electric power opening game is facilitated, The game state in which the operation rate of the movable wing piece 47 is significantly improved.

  Regarding the operation status of each of the above functions (special symbol probability changing function, special symbol time saving function, ordinary symbol probability changing function, ordinary symbol time saving function, and opening extension function) that determine the gaming state, the main control unit 20 side determines the operation status of these functions. The operation (5AH) / non-operation (00H) is managed by the ON / OFF state of the corresponding flag. Also, what kind of gaming state the current gaming state is is managed using an identifier “gaming state number YJ”. For example, when the game state number YJ is “00H”, it is “normal state”, when it is “01H”, it is “time saving state”, when it is “02H”, it is “latent state”, and when it is “03H”, it is “probable state”. '. Note that a game state focusing on the operation state of each function is also referred to as an “internal game state”. When a transition occurs in the gaming state, a “gaming state designation command” including information that can specify the destination gaming state is transmitted from the main control unit 20 to the effect control unit 24. I have.

<4. About production>
(4-1. Production mode)
Next, the effect mode (effect state) will be described. The gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment is provided with a plurality of types of effect modes for performing effects related to the game state, and is configured to be able to control transition between each effect mode in response to the transition of the game state. I have. The production modes include a “normal production mode” according to the “normal state”, a “probable production mode” according to the “probable variation state”, a “time reduction production mode” according to the “time reduction state”, )), A plurality of types of effect modes corresponding to each game state are provided. The time reduction effect mode may be a common time reduction effect mode for the time reduction A and the time reduction B, or may be a time reduction A effect mode and a time reduction B effect mode (at least one of the time reduction A and the time reduction B). (The production of the department is different).

  The effect control unit 24 (CPU 241) has a function unit (effect state transition control means) that controls transition between a plurality of types of effect modes. The effect control unit 24 designates a command including information relating to a game state among the effect control commands sent from the main control unit 20 (CPU 201), specifically, a current game state or a transition of the game state. Or the like, based on the information included in the specific production control command that specifies the production mode, in such a manner that the transition from one production mode to another production mode is maintained while maintaining consistency with the game state managed by the main control unit 20 side. It controls and manages the production mode related to the game state. The specific effect control commands include a variation pattern specifying command, a game state specifying command, a customer waiting command, a predetermined effect control command transmitted during a hit game (big hit start command, big hit end command), and the like.

  In each of the effect modes, a background display (hereinafter, also referred to as a “background effect”) as a background of the variation display screen of the decorative symbol is, for example, a background effect reminiscent of the season “spring” under the “normal effect mode” (for example, , A background effect that displays the background image of the cherry tree), a background effect that reminds of the season 'summer' under the “time reduction effect mode” (for example, a background effect that displays a background image of the sea), and a Switching to a background display related to the game state, such as a background effect reminiscent of the season 'autumn' (for example, a background effect displaying a background image of autumn leaves) is controlled. Therefore, it is possible to recognize what game state the player is currently staying in. Note that different background displays can be provided even in the same effect mode.

(4-2. Notice production)
Next, the announcement effect will be described. The effect control unit 24 includes the contents of the effect control command from the main control unit 20, specifically, at least the variation pattern information included in the variation pattern designation command (in the present embodiment, the “variation pattern designation command” and / or “ Based on the information included in the "decorative design designation command", various "announcement effects" related to the jackpot lottery results can be controlled (announcement effect control means). Such a notice effect may include an expectation of whether or not the winning type has been won (a well-known “winning expectation”) and / or occurrence of a predetermined event (for example, winning, winning of a specific hit, specific notice). And the like, which can be suggested (preliminary notice), and many of them work as a "promotion effect" to foster a player's expectation of winning. Representative announcements include "reach production (production mode related to reach fluctuation pattern)", "simulated continuous production", "player participation type production", and the like. Includes various announcements that occur multiple times (simultaneously, redundantly) or independently. Hereinafter, these effect modes will be described.

(4-2-1. Reach production)
The “reach effect” refers to an effect mode involving a reach state, and specifically, an effect mode in which a game result can be derived and displayed via the reach state. This “reach state” is a display mode in which, before the result of the decorative symbol variation display game is derived, some of the decorative symbols derived and displayed in the course of the decorative symbol variation display game indicate a winning. This refers to a display mode (a so-called “listening tile state”) in which a decorative pattern that has not yet been derived and displayed is displayed in a variable manner in a part thereof. In the case of the jackpot, the final result is mainly derived and displayed via the reach state. Of course, just because the reach state is formed, the result of the decorative symbol change display game does not always become a "big hit", and the finally derived result is a hit symbol (for example, "777" of the hit symbol). If not, the game result of this time is “losing”. The reach effect involves such a display of the reach state. If the reach effect appears (appears), the winning expectation is relatively higher than the normal fluctuation. In the case of the present embodiment, if the game result is a hit, some reach effect will appear in the present symbol variation display game. Therefore, in a stage before the reach effect is generated, various notice effects are provided for giving a notice (suggestion) of the possibility of the reach effect (including occurrence determination). However, the notice effect does not necessarily give notice of the possibility of the reach effect, but the occurrence of other notice effects other than the reach effect (for example, a pseudo-ren, a player-participatory effect, and a setting suggestion effect, which will be described later). Some suggest a possibility, while others occur during the reach production. In such a notice effect, one or more kinds of notice effects may occur in a complex manner during one symbol change display game (during one change) in connection with the jackpot lottery result, and the notice effect is combined. When this occurs, a clearer winning expectation degree is indicated. For example, if a plurality of types of announcement effects with a high winning expectation occur (including a case where they occur redundantly (simultaneously) and a case where they occur at different timings), the winning expectation will be further increased. Such a notice effect in the game that the notice effect and the reach effect interweave can improve the fun of the game.

  The reach effect includes a plurality of types of reach effects associated with the winning expectation. For example, in some cases, the winning expectation is relatively higher than when N reach (normal reach) appears. Such a reach production is called “SP reach (super reach)”. Many of the “SP reach” have a relatively longer production time (fluctuation time) than the N reach in order to increase the player's expectation of winning, and are usually executed via the N reach. The N reach of the present embodiment includes a plurality of types of N reach such as “N reach 1 to 2”, and the SP reach includes a plurality of types of SP reach such as “weak SP reach, medium SP reach, and strong SP reach”. Is included. In addition, regarding the relationship of the winning expectation degree between the same kind, the relations of “N reach 1 <N reach 2” and “weak SP reach <medium SP reach <strong SP reach” are given. The following relationship is established: reach 1 <N reach 2 <weak SP reach <medium SP reach <strong SP reach. The actual jackpot expectation degree changes depending on whether or not another noticeable effect appears. For this reason, for example, even when a weak SP reach appears, if a notice effect with a high winning expectation is involved, the winning expectation may be equal to or higher than the medium SP reach. The SP reach includes an extended SP reach (SPSP reach) that evolves from one SP reach to another SP reach. The “SPSP reach” belongs to a strong SP reach type having the highest winning expectation among SP reach, but the SPSP reach has a higher winning expectation than a simple strong SP reach. Like the SP reach, the SPSP reach type may be a type having a different expectation degree of weakness, medium, or strong, or may be one type. The SPSP reach includes a “direct hit SPSP reach” that immediately develops into an SPSP reach without going through the SP reach. This direct hit type SPSP reach is set so that the expectation of winning is relatively higher than the normal SPSP reach through the SP reach. Note that there is also a premium announcement effect mode (special fluctuation pattern) such as "suddenly matching (suddenly matching)" in which a decorative symbol suddenly hits the display without a reach state and is stopped and displayed in a design. In this specification, the matching is also treated as one mode of the reach effect. In the case of a sudden hit, as described above, a sudden symbol without a reach state or a N-reach goes through, but stops at the hit symbol as it is without going through a higher reach such as SP reach or SPSP reach The effect form to be displayed is included.

(4-2-2. Pseudo continuous production (pseudo consecutive))
The “pseudo-run” refers to an effect mode involving a pseudo-continuously-fluctuating display state of a decorative symbol (so-called “pseudo-fluctuation”). The "pseudo-fluctuation" refers to a display operation in which a part or all of the decorative symbol is temporarily stopped during the decorative symbol variable display game, and the decorative symbol re-variable display operation is executed from the temporary stop state. A variable display mode that is repeated once or multiple times. In other words, the pseudo-ream sandwiches the temporary stop state of the decorative symbol one or more times so as to express that the decorative symbol variable display operation is performed a plurality of times during one symbol variable display game. It is. During the temporary stop state, for example, a decorative pattern in which the decorative design is not completely stopped but is displayed in a small change in the vertical (or left and right) direction is a typical example. This point is different from a “read ahead notice effect” described later, which can be developed over a plurality of symbol change display games. The occurrence rate of such a “pseudo-run” is basically determined such that the greater the number of pseudo fluctuations, the higher the expected degree of winning. For example, the higher the number of pseudo fluctuations, the higher the expected number of winnings. The expected degree of occurrence of a high-level announcement effect (for example, SP reach) is increased.

  Therefore, in the case of an effect scenario including a reach effect, the “pseudo ream” is mainly generated at a stage before the reach state is formed (a stage prior to the reach effect), and for example, there is a possibility that a reach effect may occur. In addition, as a notice that there is a possibility that a specific reach type may occur, one or more pseudo fluctuations are performed, and after the pseudo fluctuation is completed, the final game is performed via the reach state (reach production). The result will be derived and displayed. In the case of a development-type reach effect such as SPSP reach, a pseudo-run can be generated before the final development destination SPSP reach. For example, "Pseudo-Ren A → N-reach + Pseudo-Ren B (uses Pseudo-Ren B as SP-reach development and promotion effect) → SP Reach + Pseudo-Ren C (uses pseudo-ream C as SPSP reach development and promotion effect) → SPSP reach ( (Information of final result) ".

(4-2-3. Player Participation Type Production)
The “player participation type effect” is an effect mode belonging to a so-called “button notice effect”. When a predetermined operation is performed on the operation means (the effect button 13 and / or the direction key 75), the operation content is performed. Is an announcement effect mode in which the effect contents may change based on the information. In the player participation type effect, during a predetermined button valid period, an “operation instruction directing” for instructing a predetermined operation to the operating means appears, and during the button valid period, the player operates the operating means. When operated, the effect currently appearing changes to another effect (operation effect) based on the operation content. It is possible to foresee the winning expectation degree in accordance with the production mode (production content) before and after this operation. For example, a specific object display or character display changes in response to a button operation, or a special sound effect or light effect is generated, or a story-like effect scenario proceeds (so-called conversational content in a conversation effect). Is a typical example. In addition, the “promotion performance” regarding whether or not the player is promoted to a hit type (here, a probable change pattern) of a content that is more profitable than the content suggested in the current fluctuating production is also a player participation type production. (See the promotion effects in FIGS. 22 and 23 described later, the symbol determination effect in FIG. 24, the symbol determination effect in FIG. 25, the reduction in number of times effect, etc.). In addition, during the hit game, a player participation type effect can appear (a mini game, a change effect, a music selection effect, and the like, which will be described later).

(4-2-5. Pre-reading notice production)
"Pre-reading notice effect" refers to an operation-holding ball (unexecuted operation-holding ball) that has not yet been provided for the execution of the symbol change display game (special symbol change display operation). This is an effect mode in which an effect in the symbol change display game executed first in a series can be used to notify in advance the winning expectation degree of the operation-pending ball in advance.

  The outline of the screen display of the liquid crystal display device according to the present embodiment, including the prefetch notice effect, will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a screen display of the liquid crystal display device 36 according to the present embodiment.

  In a part of the screen of the liquid crystal display device 36 (below the display area of the decorative pattern in the drawing), a hold display area 76 for displaying the number of special pattern 1 operation reserve balls and the number of special figure 2 operation reserve balls are displayed. A hold display area 77 is provided to indicate whether or not there is an operation-holding ball, indicating whether the operation-holding ball is present or not (with operation-holding ball: “作 動 (white circle)” in the figure) or off (without operation-holding ball: Information on the current number of operation-reserved balls is reported by a dotted circle in the figure).

  The display regarding the presence or absence of the operation-holding ball (hereinafter, referred to as “holding display”) is sequentially displayed in the order of occurrence (winning order). In each of the hold display areas 76 and 77, the leftmost operation-holding ball is It is displayed as the earliest (ie, oldest) operation-holding ball on the time axis among all the operation-holding balls in the hold display. In the present embodiment, as shown in the drawing, the holding display sections a1 to d1 (holding icons (icon images)) provided on a part of the screen of the liquid crystal display device 36 in the same number (four) as the maximum holding storage number. Special symbol 1 side), a2 to d2 (corresponding to special symbol 2 side) are provided. Further, on the left side of the reserved display areas 76 and 77, there is provided a moving display area 78 for indicating the operation reserved ball currently being used in the special symbol variable display game. In the case of this embodiment, the changing display area 78 is configured such that an image in which the icon of the game execution suspension K currently provided for the game appears on the icon of the seat J is displayed. That is, when the variable display of the special symbol 1 or the special symbol 2 is started, the oldest icon (icon image) of the hold a1 or a2 displayed in the hold display areas 76 and 77 is replaced with the game execution hold K. As an icon, the icon moves to the icon of the seat J in the changing display area 78, and the state is maintained for a predetermined display time.

  When an operation-holding ball is generated, as the effect control command, the pre-reading determination information related to the jackpot lottery result and the number of operation-holding balls at the time of the pre-reading determination (the number of existing operation-holding balls including the operation-holding ball generated this time). An identifiable “hold addition command” is transmitted to the effect control unit 24 (see step S323 in FIG. 20 described later).

  Specifically, the pre-reading determination information includes a jackpot lottery result (a jackpot lottery result at the start of change) executed by the main control unit 20 when the operation-holding ball is provided in the symbol change display game, This refers to game information relating to a prefetch variation pattern obtained when the variation pattern at the start is prefetched. Therefore, the pre-reading determination information includes at least the pre-reading determination result (pre-reading omission result) information of the winning lottery result at the start of the fluctuation, the pre-reading determination result (pre-reading symbol result) information of the symbol lottery result, the fluctuation start The information on the prefetch determination result (prefetch fluctuation pattern) regarding the fluctuation pattern at the time can also be included. What kind of information including the hold addition command to send to the effect control unit 24 can be determined as appropriate according to the type of the notice content to be notified. For example, the "look-ahead variation pattern" obtained by the look-ahead determination at the time of operation pending ball generation does not necessarily have to be the "variation pattern at the start of variation" itself obtained when the operation pending ball is subjected to the variation display operation. . For example, in the case of a fluctuation pattern in which “N-reach 1” is specified at the start of the fluctuation, the content specified by the look-ahead fluctuation pattern is not the type of reach itself “N-reach 1” but the outline of “N-reach 1”. Species (N reach 1 or N reach 2) "can be designated.

  When the effect control unit 24 receives the hold addition command, based on the look-ahead determination information included in the command, the effect control unit 24 performs an effect control process related to the “prefetch notice effect” as part of the display control process related to the hold display. Specifically, based on the information included in the hold addition command, a look-ahead notice lottery is performed to determine whether or not a look-ahead notice effect can be executed. Make a pre-reading announcement effect according to the expected degree of winning. The winning probability of the above-mentioned pre-read notice lottery is higher for the "big hit" than for the "losing" and for the reach type having a relatively high expectation of winning. Therefore, the degree of expectation of winning to the hit type is indicated by whether or not a prefetch notice effect is generated.

  In this embodiment, when the pre-fetch notice lottery is won, among the hold icons of the hold display sections a1 to d1 and a2 to d2, the hold icon targeted for the prefetch notice is, for example, a normal hold display (normal Preliminary advance notice of "hold display change system" that changes from white in the hold display mode) to a special hold color or color hold display (special hold display mode) such as blue, green, red, D pattern, and rainbow of the advance notice display An effect (preliminary change notice) is performed. FIG. 5 shows an example in which the hatched operation holding ball of the holding display section b1 is changed to a special holding display. Here, the display of the hold icon in blue, green, red, D pattern, and rainbow color means that the winning expectation is high in the order of the colors. ) The icon is a premium hold icon (the reservation notice). Therefore, this suspension display unit functions as suspension display means for displaying the number of operation suspensions, but when executing a prefetch notice effect, a corresponding one of the suspension display units a1 to d1 and a2 to d2 is displayed. The hold display mode is changed to a predetermined look-ahead advance display mode (special hold display mode), thereby serving as a look-ahead advance control means for controlling the appearance of the look-ahead advance presentation effect.

  The existing operation pending balls are sequentially consumed when the symbol variation display game is executed. At this time, in order to indicate that one operation-holding ball has been consumed, the display position of the hold display section corresponding to the existing operation-holding ball is moved up (shifted to the left side in order), and a display such that the number of the display balls is reduced is displayed. Although the control (shift display) is performed, the above-described special hold display is continuously displayed while changing the display position of the hold display. Also, when the game holding K is placed on the seat J, basically the same display mode as the hold display mode in the hold display areas 76 and 77 is maintained, and the operation according to the present symbol variation display game is performed. The prefetch notice display mode for the reserved ball is also notified to the player even during the game.

  In the small display area in the lower right corner of the liquid crystal screen shown in FIG. 5, special patterns and ordinary patterns are used as display areas for sub-effects (sub-effects) different from the main effects such as decorative designs and notice effects. The sub display area 79 relating to the variable display operation is provided. In this sub-display area 79, the identification information about the number of operation reserves related to the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2, and the ordinary symbol, and the variable display state thereof are displayed in each of the six divided areas shown. In the second reserved number display area (the three vertical divided areas on the left side of the drawing (upper left, middle left, lower left display areas)), from the top, the special figure 1 number of operation reserved balls (upper display area), the special figure 2 The number of operation-reserved balls (middle display area) and the number of ordinary operation-reserved balls (lower display area) are displayed.

  In addition, in the three vertical three partitioned areas on the right adjacent to the second reserved number display area, from the top, the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area (upper right area), the special figure 2 fourth symbol display area ( (Right middle display area) and ordinary figure decoration design display area (lower right display area). In the display areas of the special figure 1 fourth design and the special figure 2 fourth design, effect designs such as numbers, pictures, characters and the like are displayed as stunning designs different from the decorative designs. It is also referred to as “mini design” (fourth design) in FIG. This mini symbol (fourth symbol), like the decorative symbol, displays a variable display state of the special figure, that is, a variable display and a stop display (including a big hit and a loss) in a distinguishable manner. Specifically, when the special figure is changing, the mini symbol is also displayed in a predetermined display mode, and when the special figure is stopped and displayed, the mini symbol also reflects the jackpot lottery result (at least the winning lottery result). The display is stopped and displayed in the predetermined display mode. For example, "○" is displayed for a big hit, and "x" is displayed for a loss. In addition, the display of the mini symbol may be a display mode related to the decorative symbol. For example, when the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed at “777” (big hit symbol) or “753” (losing symbol), the mini symbol can also be stopped and displayed at “777” or “753”. Of course, the display mode may not be the same as the decoration stop pattern, and may be a display mode that is related to something. In addition, even when the mini design is hidden due to the relation with the notice effect, the display of the mini design is maintained, and the mini design is also used as a substitute design of the decoration design, and the design variation display game Whether it is inside or not can be notified by the mini symbol.

  In addition, in the ordinary decorative symbol display area, the variation display state of the ordinary symbol on the ordinary symbol display device 39a is displayed as a stunning symbol (ordinary decorative symbol). For example, when the normal figure is being displayed in a fluctuating manner, the mark “点 滅” flashes and is displayed. In the case of auxiliary hit, “● (red circle)” is displayed. It has become.

(4-2-6. Setting suggestion effect)
Further, in the present embodiment, it is possible to present an effect mode (setting suggestion effect) that suggests information on the “set value”. For example, the following setting suggestive effects (a) to (si) are suggested.
(A) "Low setting suggestion effect" that indicates a low setting area (settings 1-3, 1-2, 2-3, etc.).
(C) “High setting suggestion effect” indicating a high setting area (settings 4 to 6, 4 to 5, 5 to 6, etc.).
(G) “Even number setting suggestion effect” suggesting even number setting (settings 2, 4, and 6).
(U) “Odd number setting suggestion effect” that indicates an odd number setting (settings 1, 3, and 5).
(M) "Specific setting confirmation effect" that definitely notifies a specific setting value (any of settings 1 to 6). For example, “setting N finalizing effect” that definitely notifies “setting N”. However, it is not preferable to report the internal set value definitively indiscriminately. The reason for this is that a setting that definitely suggests a low setting area, such as setting 1 or setting 2, will reduce the player's willingness to play. Therefore, it is preferable that any one of the settings 4 to 6 of the high setting area is notified deterministically. In particular, if a specific setting confirmation effect in which a high setting such as setting 5 determination or setting 6 determination is determined appears, the player's willingness to play can be improved.
(M) "Specific setting negative effect" that definitely notifies that the setting value is not a specific setting value (any of settings 1 to 6).
(S) "Specific range suggestion effect" that suggests a set value of a specific range. For example, setting 3 to 5 (α ≦ setting value ≦ β) is suggested, setting 4 or more (α ≦ setting value) is suggested, and a plurality of specific values of “setting 1, 3, 5, 6” are suggested. . Further, the appearance rate is made different according to the set value, and for example, it is suggested that there is a high / low possibility of a certain set value, such as, for example, it is difficult to come out in the setting 1, slightly out in the setting 4, and easily out in the setting 6. It is possible to

  Such a setting suggestion effect may be caused to appear at a predetermined timing during the symbol variation display game, for example, in combination with the notice effect or independently (for example, an item or a character according to the set value may appear). it can. In addition, by determining the appearance rate of a specific notice effect in accordance with the set value, the notice effect itself can function as a “setting suggestion effect”. For example, by setting the appearance rate of a specific SP reach, a specific number of pseudo-repetitions, a specific player participation-type production, a specific look-ahead notice production, and the like according to a set value, the notice production itself is set and suggested. , It is possible to provide a player with a guess element of the set value. In addition, the setting suggestion effect can be displayed not only during the symbol change display game but also during a jackpot game, a “demonstration wait effect” or a “customer wait effect” during a game start wait. The demonstration start waiting effect is a state in which the game is on standby until the operation-holding ball becomes zero and the customer-waiting effect starts, and the customer-waiting effect means that a predetermined time elapses after the operation-holding ball becomes zero. This is a demonstration screen that appears later (for example, 180 seconds).

<4-3. Direction means>
Various effects in the gaming machine 1 are produced by the effect means provided in the gaming machine. Such a directing means may be any stimulus transmitting means capable of exerting a directing effect by appealing to human perception such as sight, hearing, touch, etc., and may be a light generating means such as a decorative lamp 45 or an LED device (light directing means). ), A sound generating device (sound effect means) such as a speaker 46, an effect display device (display means) such as a liquid crystal display device 36, a pressurizing device for transmitting a contact pressure to an operator's body, and applying a wind pressure to a player's body. A wind pressure device, a vibrating device that applies vibration to a player's body, and a movable body that exerts a visual effect by its operation are typical examples. Here, the effect display device is a display device that appeals to the eye similarly to the image display device (image display means), but is different from the image display device in that it also includes an image display device (for example, a 7-segment display). The term "image display device" refers to a type in which an effect (image display effect) is mainly displayed by image display, and a device that presents an effect by means other than an image, such as a 7-segment display, is based on the concept of the effect display device. Included in

<5. About hits>
Next, with reference to FIG. 4, "hit" of the gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described.

(5-1. About hit type)
In the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment, a plurality of types of hits are provided as hit types of the jackpot lottery target. There are various types of hit types, but here, representatively, "5R short time A big hit", "5R short time B big hit", "10R certain variable big hit", "5R certain variable big hit", "2R certain variable big hit", etc. Handles multiple types of hits. These hits are hits (small hits) belonging to the "big hit type" which is the trigger for operating the condition device, and are different from hits (small hits) which belong to the "small hit type" which is not the trigger for operating the condition device. Here, the “condition device” is a device whose operation is a condition necessary for the operation of a continuous operation device for an accessory (a device for continuously operating a special electric accessory) for performing a round game. This means that a combination of special symbols is displayed or that the game ball is activated when a game ball passes through a specific area in the special winning opening (except for the one that wins the special winning opening during the operation of the continuous action actor). In addition, the operation of the accessory continuous operation device is a condition for causing a state with electric support and a probability variation.

  In the present embodiment, a hit (small hit) belonging to a small hit type that does not trigger the operation of the condition device is not handled, but a small hit may be provided for the hit type. When a small hit is won, the condition device does not operate, and the accessory continuous operation device does not operate. In other words, a round game like a big hit is not executed, but it is possible to control the opening / closing operation of the big winning opening in the same or very similar or completely different operation mode as the round game with the big hit and execute a “pseudo round game”. is there. The small hit is one of the ways to open the big winning opening. However, since the condition device does not operate, the continuous operation device for the accessory does not operate, and the transition control of the internal game state is not performed. Similar to the big hit, such a small hit is simply a "losing" in that it is a winning type that is a trigger (occurrence trigger) for transition to a winning game (special game state) involving opening and closing of a special winning opening. Are different in nature.

(5-2. About winning games)
"5R, 10R" and "2R" for "5R, 10R" and "2R" for "5R, 10R" and "2R" Indicates the specified number of rounds (maximum number of rounds). In the present embodiment, the maximum opening time of the special winning opening 50 in one round game is set to “29800 ms” of “long opening time”. Here, the “long opening time” is defined as a time width in which there is a possibility that the number of winnings to the special winning opening reaches the maximum winning number (for example, 10) within the time. Note that for a specific big hit (for example, a 2R-type big hit, etc.), the maximum open time can be set to a “short open time” shorter than the long open time (for example, about 100 ms to 1800 ms). In the case of a specific jackpot, the maximum opening time in one or a plurality of specific round games can be set as the short opening time.

(Details of the jackpot game)
The specific contents of the jackpot game are as follows. When the big hit game is started, a big hit start interval time (hereinafter, referred to as “start INT”) is started. This “start INT” is an interval section from the end of the symbol variation display game to the time when the special variation prize winning device 52 operates, and defines a section in which an opening effect (hereinafter referred to as an “OP effect”) is performed. It refers to the time width (the first production time before the first round game is performed). During the start INT, one or more effects (effect scenarios) are developed (the same applies to an end INT described later). When the start INT elapses, the first round game is started, and thereafter, the round game is repeatedly executed until the maximum number of rounds is reached.

  Here, the start timing of the big hit game will be described in detail. In the special symbol variation display game according to the present embodiment, after a variation time of the special symbol elapses and a predetermined special symbol indicating a jackpot lottery result is stopped and displayed on the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b, a predetermined fixed display time is displayed. After a lapse of (for example, 500 ms), the special symbol variation display game is ended. The “confirmed display time” is a time (fixed display time) for which the stop display is held when the special symbol change display is completed and the special symbol is stopped and displayed. Further, when the fluctuation time of the special symbol elapses, a “fluctuation stop command” is transmitted from the main control unit 20 to the effect control unit 24. In response to the fluctuation stop command, the effect control unit 24 recognizes that the special symbol fluctuation display game has ended after the fluctuation time of the special symbol has elapsed, and performs decoration such as stopping (deciding) the decoration symbol currently displayed in the fluctuation display. An effect process related to the end of the symbol variation display game is performed. Thereby, along with the end of the special symbol variation display game, the decorative symbol variation display game is also terminated. Then, after the symbol variation display game ends, that is, after the fixed display period (determined display time) has elapsed, if the game result of the symbol variation display game is “big hit”, a big hit game is started. The elapsed time of the start INT time is counted, and when the start INT time has elapsed, the first (1R) round game is started. In addition, at the start of the big hit game (start of the start INT), a “big hit start command” is transmitted from the main control unit 20 to the effect control unit 24. The “big hit start command” includes information that can specify the current big hit type and the gaming state at the time of winning the big hit. When the effect control unit 24 receives the big hit start command, it recognizes that the big hit game has been started, and determines a series of big hit effects to be developed during the big hit game. Thereafter, effects (OP effects, effects during rounds, effects between rounds, ED effects, etc.) according to the progress status of the jackpot game are controlled.

  After the start of the round game and the opening of the special winning opening 50, whether the maximum opening time of the special winning opening has elapsed or the number of game balls that have won the special winning opening reaches the maximum winning number. When either one of the conditions is satisfied, the opened special winning opening is closed and the current round game is ended. At this time, if the current round number has not reached the maximum round number (current R number （maximum R number), a predetermined interval time (hereinafter referred to as “inter-R INT”) is started, and After elapse, the next round game is started. Also, at the start of the round game, a “large winning opening opening command” is transmitted from the main control unit 20 to the effect control unit 24. The “winning opening command” includes round game start information and current round number information. When the effect control unit 24 receives the special winning opening command, it recognizes that a round game has been started, and causes a mid-round effect corresponding to the number of rounds to appear. When the round game ends, the “inter-round interval command” is transmitted from the main control unit 20 to the effect control unit 24. The "inter-round interval command" includes round game end information (inter-R INT start information) and information on the number of rounds ended this time. When the effect control unit 24 receives the inter-round interval command, it recognizes that the current round game has ended, and controls the effect of the inter-round effect corresponding to the number of rounds.

  The “INT between Rs” is configured to include at least the “remaining ball discharge time”. In the case of the present embodiment, the “remaining ball discharging time (for example, 2980 ms)” and the “pre-open interval time (for example, 20 ms)” from the elapse of the remaining ball discharging time to the start of the next round game. (In the present embodiment, the R-to-R INT is 3000 ms). The “remaining ball discharging time” is a margin time for discharging the remaining balls inside the special winning opening after the closing of the special winning opening, and as a time width, the winning is performed immediately before the closing of the special winning opening. A sufficient time required for the game ball to pass through a winning detection switch (large winning opening sensor 52a) formed inside the special winning opening is secured. Also, the "pre-open interval time" means that after the above-described remaining ball discharging time has elapsed and the remaining balls in the special winning opening have been discharged, the large winning opening in the next round game is opened. Refers to the time width that defines the interval section. Even if the special winning opening sensor 52a detects a game ball during the pre-opening interval time, the game ball is regarded as an illegal prize due to an illegal act, and the prize is treated as invalid. Detecting a detection state (misconduct with respect to the special winning opening) such as the special winning opening sensor 52a being in an ON state for a long time due to the existence of the interval time before opening, and effectively preventing improper behavior with respect to the special winning opening. Is available.

  Then, when the round game of the final round (maximum round) is completed, a big hit end interval time (hereinafter, referred to as “end INT”) is started with the R-to-R INT related to the final round therebetween. The “end INT” is an interval section from the end of the R-interval of the final round to the end of the big hit game, and defines an interval in which an ending effect (hereinafter referred to as an “ED effect”) is performed. Refers to the time span. With the lapse of the end INT, a series of big hit games is ended. Also, at the start of the end INT, the “big hit end command” is transmitted from the main control unit 20 to the effect control unit 24. The "big hit end command" includes the last round end information and information capable of specifying the game state (migration destination game state) after the end of the big hit game. When the effect control unit 24 receives the jackpot end command, it recognizes that the round game of the last round has ended, controls the ED effect to appear, and changes the effect mode after the end of the jackpot game to the transition destination game state. The control is shifted to the effect mode corresponding to. In this way, the effect control unit 24 grasps the progress state of the big hit game by various commands (big hit start command, big win opening command, round interval command, big hit end command, etc.) sent during the big hit game. Then, it is possible to bring out an appropriate effect.

  Note that the maximum number of rounds and the maximum opening time can be determined as appropriate. In any case, the profit state during the jackpot game (number of payouts (average number of payouts during a single jackpot game)) becomes higher as the maximum number of rounds is relatively larger, and the bigger winning opening The higher the maximum opening time is, the longer the relative opening time is. In the case of the present embodiment, if attention is paid only to the number of payouts during a jackpot game, the advantage (degree of profit) is “2R probable big hit <5R short time big A hit, 5R short time big B big hit, 5R certain big hit big hit <10R positive big hit big hit” In practice, it is preferable to determine the above-mentioned advantage in consideration of various factors such as a game state and a symbol lottery rate to be shifted to after the completion of a hit game described later (this will be described later). Do). Further, the time width of the start INT and / or the end INT may be different depending on the hit type. In addition, even if the hit type is the same, the start INT and / or the end INT may be different depending on the gaming state at the time of winning (see FIGS. 6 to 12 and 15 to 18 described later). Further, in the present invention, although the INT between R (3000 ms) is the same regardless of the hit type, the INT between R may be different in at least a part of the hit type (for example, the INT between R only for the 2R probability variable hit). Is set to 2750 ms). In at least a part of the hit type, the INT between R may be different between one or a plurality of specific rounds and another round (for example, in the case of a 10R certain-variable big hit, 2500 ms is set for only the 5R, or 5-6R. Or 2500m with your eyes).

(5-3. About the destination game state after the hit game)
Next, with reference to FIG. 4, a description will be given of a game state which is shifted after the end of the hit game. In the column of the gaming state at the time of winning in FIG. 4, the relationship between the gaming state at the time of winning and the gaming state shifted to the winning game is shown according to the hit type. In the present embodiment, when a big hit is won, the game state after the big hit game is determined according to the big hit type and the game state at the time of winning.

  When "2R probable big hit", "5R probable big hit" and "10R probable big hit" are won, the state is shifted to "probable state (probable change)" regardless of the gaming state at the time of winning. These jackpots are referred to as “probable jackpots” in that they trigger the transition to the probability change state. When the state is shifted to the “probable change state”, the number of times of execution of the special symbol variation display game (the number of variations of the special symbol) is continued until a predetermined specified number of times is completed, and within the specified number of times, a big hit (however, When the special symbol variation display game is completed without winning in a small hit that does not trigger the transition of the internal game state, the transition from the next game to the normal state is made. In the case of the present embodiment, the total number of executions of the special symbol variation display games 1 and 2 (the total number of variation of the special symbols 1 and 2) is counted as the number of executions of the special symbol variation display game (for a time saving state described later). The same).

  In the present embodiment, after the game is shifted to a gaming state (probable state or latent state) in which the jackpot lottery probability becomes at least a high probability, if the special symbol change display game is completed a predetermined number of times without winning a big hit, It is a “ST type (number-of-times cutting probability changing machine)” in which the probability is ended and the jackpot lottery probability is shifted to a low probability. Hereinafter, as required, the specified number of times of the special symbol change display game (the number of times of the change of the special symbol) in which the high probability state is continued is referred to as “ST number”.

  In the present embodiment, “65536 times” is set as the ST count. The number of STs is almost certainly changed until the next big hit is won due to the big hit winning probability (for example, the big hit probability in the high probability is 1/41 to 1/32 in settings 1 to 6). (High probability state). It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the probability change state is continued 100% until the next big hit is won (for example, the number of STs is set to infinity or the number of STs is not provided) (general probability change type). In addition, in order to set the continuation rate of the probability change state to an appropriate consecutive play rate (for example, a symbol lottery rate of 65% for the probability change jackpot), the ST frequency is set to an appropriate value (for example, ST frequency = 33 to 35 times). May be set.

  In addition, when a “5R time saving A big hit” or “5R time saving B big hit” is won, the game is shifted to the “time saving state (time saving)” regardless of the gaming state at the time of winning. These big hits are referred to as "time saving big hits" in that they serve as an opportunity to shift to the time saving state. In the case of shifting to the “time saving state”, the number of times of execution of the special symbol variation display game (the number of variations of the special symbol) is continued until a predetermined number of times (hereinafter, referred to as “time saving number”) ends, When the special symbol change display game is completed without winning a big hit (except for a small hit that does not trigger the transition of the internal game state) within the short time, the next game is shifted to the normal state. I have.

  In the present embodiment, in the case of a 5R time-saving A big hit, the process is shifted to “time-saving A”, and in the case of a 5R time-saving B big hit, the process is shifted to “hour-saving B”. The “time reduction A” and the “time reduction B” both belong to the “time reduction state (time reduction)”, but the termination conditions of the time reduction state are different from each other. In this case, the number of time savings is set to 100, and when the time is shifted to "time savings B", the number of times of savings is set to 50. It should be noted that which number of time savings is determined can be determined as appropriate. In addition, in the case of the big hit, after the game is shifted to the probable change state after the big hit game, when a predetermined number of STs (for example, 50 times) is completed, only the high probability state is ended (the special figure probable change function is turned off), A special jackpot that shifts the gaming state to a “low probability state + a state with electric support”, that is, a “time reduction state (for example, 50 times reduction)” can be provided (quasi-ST type). This big hit is a big hit that gives “50 times of ST + 50 times of working hours”, but it is treated as belonging to the big hit in terms of first shifting to the certainty changing state.

<6. Restrictions on ball performance>
By the way, in recent years, regulations on the payout performance of gaming machines have been set in accordance with legal requirements in order to appropriately suppress the ambition. For example, the payout rate (safe ball / out ball) by the short-term test (1 hour) related to the above type test is limited from the upper limit payout rate of “300% (old standard)” to “220% (new standard)”. (Attachment 4 of the Regulations on Approval of Game Machines and Approval of Model Type, etc.) Technical standards for pachinko game machines (Article 6) (1) Standards related to performance b. This regulation greatly affects the payout performance, especially the payout performance at the time of extended play, and if this is observed, the "speed per hour" of the payout can be reduced to about 2/3 of the conventional payout performance. Specifically, if the firing time is one hour, the out ball is 6000 shots (the firing performance of the firing device 32 is 100 shots / minute × 60 minutes = 6000 shots). % ", Safe balls are allowed up to 18,000 shots per hour (6000 shots x 300% = 18000 shots / h). However, according to the new standard, the upper limit payout rate is limited to “220%”, and the upper limit of safe balls is reduced to 13200 shots per hour (6000 shots × 220% = 13200 shots / h). In particular, during a time-saving state or a probable change state, the vehicle is under a high base state (under electric power support state). Therefore, if the jackpot is excessively extended, the upper limit payout rate easily exceeds 220% (13,200 shots). The result is a nonconformity in the type test. For example, when the base value in the state with the electric support is 70 (BA70), the number of safe spheres in the open electric game is 4,200 shots per hour (BA70 × 100 shots / minute × 60 minutes = 4200 shots). Therefore, according to the old standard, "13,800 shots" of "18,000 shots-200 shots" can be paid out by the jackpot game, but "9000 shots" of "13,200 shots-200 shots" can be paid out according to the new standard. You can only pay out. Therefore, under the above-mentioned regulations, there is a demand for a device for controlling the ball-out performance related to the big hit so that the type test can be easily passed (adapted) without impairing the ball-out feeling as much as possible.

It is during the big hit that the payouts increase greatly in a short period of time. Therefore, in order to pass the type test, the number of useless balls during the big hit is increased to reduce the payout speed. Specifically, the special winning opening closing period (at least the start INT, the R-interval INT, and the end INT) If one INT) is made longer than in the past, even if the jackpot is extended, the increase in the base value is suppressed, it is difficult to exceed the legal regulation value, and the conformity rate of the type test increases. However, if the INT period is set to a long time, for example, if the interval time such as the start INT is set to be many times longer than before, the player feels that it is prolonged despite the big hit (for example, They may feel bored, malaise or discomfort, and may feel stressed or distrust the game itself. Therefore, it is necessary to consider the following points (1) and (2).
(1) Instead of setting the jackpot game period to a long time in a dark cloud, taking into account the influence on the ball-out performance and the effect on the ball-out feeling by the ball-out speed, the relationship between the advantages of each jackpot (the advantage is It is important to determine an appropriate jackpot game period in consideration of the relationship between a relatively large jackpot and a jackpot having a relatively low degree of advantage.
(2) When the jackpot game period is extended as compared with the related art, it is important to devise an effect related to the jackpot game so as to prevent the player from feeling prolonged.
In view of such a problem, an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can easily conform to a type test and that prevents a big hitting game period from being monotonous. For example, the present invention provides a gaming machine that can increase the compatibility rate for a type test and can prevent the player from feeling bored or prolonged even when the big hit game period is set to be long.

<7. Specific Examples 1 to 5>
With reference to FIG. 6 to FIG. 21, the jackpot game period and the effects during the jackpot game (during a hit) according to the first embodiment will be described in detail. FIG. 6 to FIG. 21 are diagrams used for describing specific examples 1 to 5 according to the first embodiment. Hereinafter, specific examples 1 to 5 of the first embodiment will be abbreviated as “Example 1, Example 2,..., Example 5”.

(Specific example 1: FIGS. 6 to 12)
First, a specific example 1 (present example 1) will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 6 shows the relationship between the big hit type, the time length of each INT, and the advantage between each big hit in the first example. FIGS. 7 to 12 show the big hit games for each big hit in the first example. It is explanatory drawing used for description of a period and a hit middle production.

  FIG. 6A shows the jackpot type of the first embodiment. In the first example, as shown in FIG. 6A, "5R time-saving A big hit (100 time-saving times)" and "5R certain variable big hit" are provided as the big hit types on the special figure 1 side, and the big hit on the special figure 2 side. The type is provided with “5R time saving A big hit (100 times of time savings)” and “10R certain variable big hit”. FIG. 6B is an INT table summarizing each interval time for the big hit type according to the first embodiment. The illustrated INT table shows “total INT”, which is the sum of the respective interval times of the start INT, the R-interval INT, and the end INT for each gaming state at the time of winning when each big hit is won. In addition, the column of “section name” indicates an identification name of each jackpot given for the sake of convenience of description (see FIGS. 13A to 13D described later), and “α, β” in the crown is the side of the special figure 1 respectively. , The special figure 2 side, and the notation of “N, S, F” indicates a normal winning, a shortening of the working hours, and a winning of the probable change, respectively.

  First, the details of the jackpot game relating to each jackpot according to the first specific example will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. Hereinafter, for the sake of convenience of explanation, the special figure 1 side “5R time saving A big hit” is “special figure 1 side 5R time saving A”, and the special figure 1 side “5R certain change big hit” is “special figure 1 side 5R certain change”. The "5R time reduction A big hit" on the special figure 2 side is abbreviated as "5R time reduction A big hit on the special figure 2 side", and the "10R probability variation big hit" on the special figure 2 side is abbreviated as "10R probability variation on the special figure 2 side". Further, as required, the normal state is abbreviated as “normal”, the time saving state is abbreviated as “time saving”, and the probable change state is abbreviated as “probable change”.

(About "Initial Hit" and "Hit in the Renso")
First, in order to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, a hit and an initial hit in a series of villas will be described. The “initial hit” generally refers to a jackpot that is an opportunity for a consecutive play (an opportunity to transition to a state with a power support or an opportunity to latently transition), in other words, a jackpot that has been won during the normal state. In the case of the present embodiment, during the normal state (during the state without the electric support), since the left-handing is advantageous, if the player is playing the game correctly, the player usually wins the upper starting port 34 and the special figure 1 side special The symbol variation display game 1 is executed. Therefore, when it is referred to as "first hit", it is basically a big hit on the special figure 1 side ("5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side" or "5R certain change on the special figure 1 side"). However, even if the player is playing correctly, the special symbol variation display game 2 on the special figure 2 is executed during the normal state, and the big hit on the special figure 2 side (“5R time reduction A on the special figure 2 side” or “ There may be an “irregular winning (first irregular winning)” in which “10R probability change in FIG. 2” is won. For example, during the time-saving state, the player is placed under the state with the electric support, many game balls enter the lower starting port 35, and the special figure 2 operation holding ball is frequently generated. For this reason, at the end of the time saving state (in the case of the time saving A, at the time of the end of the 100th rotation of the symbol change), the special figure 2 operation reserve ball often remains. In this case, the remaining special figure 2 operation reserve ball is digested in the normal state after the time saving state. Therefore, the above “irregular winning” in which the big hit on the special figure 2 side is won during the normal state may occur. In this case, the “initial contact” is either “Special figure 2 side 5R time saving A” or “Special figure 2 side 10R sure change” on the special figure 2 side, but this case is an irregular case, May be excluded from the beginning and treated. In addition, there are the following cases in irregular winning.

  In the normal state, if the player inadvertently or intentionally makes a right-handed hit, the opening of the normal power game is accidentally executed and a game ball wins in the lower starting port 35, and the special figure 2 side special This is the case where the symbol variation display game 2 is executed and the big hit on the special figure 2 side is won (second irregular winning). In this case as well, the “initial hit” is an irregular case that is either the big hit on the special figure 2 side, “5R time saving A on the special figure 2 side” or “10R certain change on the special figure 2 side”. In the present specification, the term "initial hit" is basically used as a big hit on the special figure 1 side (in the case of the present example 1, "5R time reduction A on the special figure 1 side" or "5R probability change on the special figure 1 side"). explain.

  In addition, when it is referred to as "the hit in the extended house", it means a big hit which is elected in the state with the power support (high base state) such as in the time saving state or the probable change state. In the case of the present embodiment, the right-handed advantage is provided during the state in which the electric support is provided. Therefore, if the player is playing the game correctly, the player usually wins the lower starting port 35 and the special symbol variation display game 2 on the special figure 1 side. Is being executed. Therefore, when it is referred to as "the hit in the series," it is basically a big hit on the special figure 2 side (in the case of this example 1, "5R time saving A on the special figure 2 side" or "10R certain change on the special figure 2 side"). It is. However, immediately after the big hit game by the initial hit, that is, immediately after shifting to the time saving state or the probable change state, the special reserve 1 operation reserve ball may remain, but the special reserve 2 operation reserve ball is “zero”. Very likely. Therefore, even in the state with the electric support (during the time saving state or the probable change state), the remaining special figure 1 operation reserve ball is digested until the special figure 2 operation reserve ball is generated, and the special figure The special symbol variation display game 1 on the first side is executed. For this reason, there may be an “irregular winning (third irregular winning)” in which the big hit on the special figure 1 is won during the state in which the electric support is present. In addition, even when the player inadvertently or intentionally makes a left-handed hit while the electric support is present, the special symbol variation display game 1 on the special figure 1 side can be executed. Irregular winning). However, in this specification, the irregular winning on the special figure 1 side that occurs during the state in which the electric support is provided is excluded from the “hits in the series” unless otherwise required. Therefore, in the case of the present embodiment, the hits in the extended cottage (the extended hits for the extended cottage) are exclusively the big hits on the special figure 2 side.

  As for the number of hits in the extended casino, so-called “number of consecutive villas”, the number of wins including the initial hit is counted. For example, in the case where the first hit is 5R working hours A on the special figure 1 side and during the time saving state after the big hit game, the 5th working time A on the special figure 2 side is elected. 1). Note that the number of times excluding the first hit may be counted as the “number of consecutive holidays”. In this case, only the big hit that has been won during the time saving state or the probable change state is counted as the number of extended holidays.

(7-1. Special figure 1 side "5R time reduction A big hit": Figs. 6 and 7)
First, with reference to FIG. 6 and FIG. 7, a description will be given of a big hit game in the case where the “Special figure 1 side 5R time saving A” is won.

  As shown in FIG. 7, the big hit game period related to “Special figure 1 side 5R working hours A” is, as shown in FIG. 1R to 5R round game period, 3000 ms R-interval INT after each round game (15000 ms in total), and end INT of “43000 ms” including ED section 1 to ED section 8 .

The jackpot game period when the "Special figure 1 side 5R working hours A" is won is the same regardless of the gaming state at the time of winning (in this example, during normal, during working hours, or during probable change), Regardless of whether the game is won during normal time, during working hours, or during probable change, there is no change in the interval time (start INT, R-interval INT, end INT) of each game section and the total interval time (total INT). Specifically, as shown in FIG.
-Start INT "15000 ms" + INT between R "15000 ms" + end INT "43000 ms" = total INT "73000 ms".

  Note that the present embodiment (first embodiment (Examples 1 to 5)) mainly deals with a configuration in which the end INT is set to be long (for example, about 40 seconds to 100 seconds). A configuration in which the start INT is set to a long time (for example, about 40 to 100 seconds) will be described later with reference to FIGS. 22 to 25 (Examples 1 to 4) according to the second embodiment.

(7-1-1. About the production during the hit related to 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side)
Next, a description will be given of a hit-medium effect related to the big hit game period of 5R working hours A on the special figure 1 side. The production during this hit mainly uses the OP production using the start INT at the start of the big hit, the “production during the round” using the round game, the “production between the rounds” using the INT between R, and the end INT. It consists of ED production. Note that the main control unit 20 controls each interval period, and the staging control unit 24 determines the current time during each period of the hitting effect (each OP section, each round effect / round end effect period, each ED effect). The effect to be produced is controlled (the same applies to the second embodiment).

  In the hit production in the first example, a story-like production in a "story form" having a narrative relationship is developed through all or a part of the OP production to the ED production. In the present embodiment, as this story-like production, a “battle production (naval battle production)” that expresses a situation in which the own ship (the main character) and the enemy ship (enemy character) perform a naval battle is adopted. In this battle production (sea battle production), until the final production result is derived and displayed, the winning jackpot won this time is concealed in the production, and depending on the production contents developed in the battle production, A guessing element for guessing whether or not the jackpot has been won can be provided to entertain the player. In the case of the present example 1, it is possible to conceal whether the big hit that has been won this time is the 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side or the 5R sure change on the special figure 1 side. For this reason, in both the symbol variation display game at the time of winning the special figure 1 side 5R short time A and the symbol variation display game at the time of the special figure 1 side 5R sure variation winning, a combination of a common decoration pattern (common decoration stop symbol), For example, in the symbol variation display game, the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed with "even symbols such as 222, 444, 666, 888 (hereinafter referred to as" chance symbols ")", and which jackpot has been won. Therefore, when the “chance symbol” is stopped and displayed, the jackpot won this time is “5R time reduction A on the special figure 1 side” or “the special figure” until the result of the battle effect is derived and displayed. It is concealed from the production whether or not "1 side 5R sure change". However, when the special figure 1 side 5R probability change is won, the “chance symbol” or the “chance variation symbol” may not be stopped and displayed at a predetermined probability. The “probable change symbol” is to definitely notify the probability change big hit, and for example, is an odd-numbered design such as 111, 333, 555, 777. Which one of the symbols 1 to 9 is finally stopped is determined by a predetermined lottery (decoration stop symbol lottery) based on the winning jackpot type.

(OP section 1 to OP section 3 related to 5R time saving A on special figure 1 side)
As described above, the start INT according to the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A has an OP section divided into four, and an effect (OP effect) corresponding to each OP section appears. For example, the following effects are produced.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to congratulate the winner.
OP section 2: “Title production” indicating the start of battle production (naval production).
OP section 3: "Confrontation production" in which the own ship and the enemy ship confront each other.
OP section 4: “Right-handed suggestion effect” prompting right-handing (launch guidance notification effect) Here, in order to notify the player that the first round game is about to be started, a launch guidance notification for instructing right-handing is performed.
Note that these OP effects are mainly produced using image display effects, sound effects, and light effects, and are gorgeous effects such as the movement of movable bodies (for example, a 10R reliable change on the special figure 2 side described later). At the time of the election (FIGS. 11 and 12), "flashy effect" is not shown.

(Round game section related to 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side, INT section between R)
During the round game and during the R-to-R INT, a naval battle effect appears. A plurality of types of naval battle scenarios A to C, each of which has different contents, are prepared in the naval battle stage production scenario. Which production scenario is selected is determined based on the jackpot type that has been won this time. Specifically, when the selectivity of the naval battle production scenarios A, B, and C is 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side, for example, 45%, 30%, and 25%; , For example, 20%, 35%, and 45%). Therefore, in the case of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, the scenario A is easily selected, and in the case of the special figure 1 side 5R certainty change, the scenario C is easily selected, that is, any of the naval battle production scenarios A to C Depending on whether or not they appear, the expected degree of winning for the 5R probability change jackpot is different. The player can enjoy the big hit game while guessing the big hit type that has been won this time depending on which of the naval battle production scenarios A to C appears.

(ED section 1 to ED section 8 related to 5R time saving A on Tokuzu 1 side)
The end INT relating to the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A is divided into eight ED sections, and an effect (ED effect) corresponding to each ED section appears. For example, the following effects are produced.
ED section 1 to ED section 2: As a result of the above naval battle production, “final battle production” is performed before the production. Here, an effect (an effect according to a naval battle scenario) is performed to inspire which of the own ship (the main character) and the enemy ship (the enemy character) will win.
ED section 3-4: "Result production" for notifying the result of the above naval battle production. As a result effect, if a 5R time reduction A on the special figure 1 side is won, a "defeat effect" is displayed, and if a 5R probability change on the special figure 1 side is won, a "victory effect" appears. Here, we deal with the case where the special figure 1 side 5R Hour A is elected, so the effect of the naval battle production is that the enemy ship's attack caused the own ship to suffer severe fire and the hero character side was "defeated" Informing "defeat production" appears. By this "defeat effect", the player knows that the big hit this time was "Tokuzu 1 side 5R time reduction A". The details of the “victory effect” will be described later.
ED section 5: “Battle production end production” that notifies the end of naval battle production. Here, for example, the character “defeat ..” is displayed. Thus, a series of naval battle effects is completed.
ED section 6: “migration destination game state suggestion effect”. Here, an effect (a time-saving effect mode shift suggestion effect) that informs that the gaming state after the big hit game is shifted to the time-saving condition (when focusing on the effect mode, that the game condition is shifted to the time-saving effect mode) appears. Is done. Note that the “destination game state suggestion effect” (the transfer destination game state suggestion effect according to the time saving state transition, and the transition destination game state suggestion effect according to the later-described probable change state transition) may be executed in any section of the end INT. However, when a battle effect is performed as in the present embodiment, it is preferable to cause a transition destination game state suggestion effect to appear at least after the result effect described above. This is because, if the transition destination game state suggestion effect is presented before the result effect, the significance of the result effect is lost.
ED section 7: “Attention production”. Here, an effect appears to notify information that calls attention such as prevention of immersion and forgetting to remove a card. In addition, at least for the big hit that executes the "warning effect", the above-mentioned "migration destination game state suggesting effect" and the "warning effect" are caused to appear in an overlapping manner, that is, these effects are duplicated in the same effecting section. It may appear (at the same time).
ED section 8: “Time saving transition standby screen”. Here, a standby screen for waiting for the start of the symbol variation display game in the time reduction effect mode is displayed. Then, when the end INT has elapsed, a series of big hit games related to the special figure 1 side time saving A big hit is ended.

(7-2. Special figure 1 side "5R probable big hit": Fig. 6, Fig. 8)
Next, with reference to FIG. 6 and FIG. 8, a description will be given of a big hit game in the case where the “Special figure 1 side 5R certain change” is won. In addition, about the content substantially the same as the above-mentioned special figure 1 side 5R time saving A big hit, explanation is given, omitting it appropriately, in order to avoid redundant description.

  When the special figure 1 side 5R probability change is won, as described above, in the symbol variation display game at the time of the win, the decorative symbol may be a chance symbol or the probability variable symbol may be stopped and displayed. When the decorative symbol is stopped at the chance symbol, a big hit game shown in FIG. 8A is obtained, and when the decorative symbol is stopped at the positively changing symbol, a big hit game shown in FIG. As shown, in any case, the time widths of the start INT, the round game (maximum opening time), the R-to-R INT, and the end INT are not changed, and only the content of the winning effect is different. Hereinafter, the case where the decorative symbol stops at the chance symbol (FIG. 8 (a)) and the case where the decorative symbol stops at the positive change symbol (FIG. 8 (b)) will be described separately.

(7-2-1. Jackpot game period when the chance symbol is stopped: Fig. 8 (a))
Referring to FIG. 8 (a), the big hit game period when the chance symbol stops is a start INT of “15000 ms in total” including OP section 1 to OP section 4 and a round game period of 1R to 5R (maximum opening time 29800 ms) ), 3000 ms R-interval INT (15000 ms in total) after each round game, and a “48000 ms” end INT including ED section 1 to ED section 9.

This chance symbol time jackpot game period is the same regardless of the game state at the time of winning, and regardless of whether the game is won during normal time, during working hours, or during probable change, the interval time of each game section and its There is no change in the total interval time. Specifically, as shown in FIG.
-Start INT "15000 ms" + INT between R "15000 ms" + end INT "48000 ms" = total INT "78000 ms".

  As can be seen from FIG. 6 (B), the start INT, the round game period, and the duration of the R-to-R INT when the special figure 1 side 5R probability change is won are the same as those in the case of “special figure 1 side 5R time saving A”. And only the time width of the end INT is different. Specifically, the end INT of the special figure 1 side 5R certainty change is 5000 ms longer than the end INT (43000 ms) of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A.

(7-2-1A. Production related to each game period when the chance symbol is stopped)
Next, a description will be given of a hit-medium effect at the time of stopping the chance symbol. In the case of a stop at the chance symbol, a naval battle effect appears as in the case of the special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A, and the type of jackpot won this time is concealed, and until the result of the naval battle effect is derived, a probable big hit It is a directing content that excites the expectation. The hitting effect that is developed when stopped at the chance symbol is basically the same as the case of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A described above, and the effect contents of the end INT (particularly the effect of the naval battle effect) ) Are different. In addition, in the case of the hit production during the stoppage of the chance design, as described above, the naval battle scenario A is difficult to be selected, and the scenario C is easily selected. Therefore, when the naval battle scenario C appears, The expectation of winning in the jackpot is increased. In the following, in order to avoid redundant description, description will be made focusing on the effect contents of the end INT different from the 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side.

(ED section 1 to ED section 9 when the chance symbol stops)
As shown in the drawing, the end INT when the chance symbol stops is divided into nine ED sections, and an effect (ED effect) corresponding to each ED section appears. For example, the following effects are produced.
ED section 1-2: "Final battle production" in which the results of the naval battle production are used to stir before the production. Here, unlike the case of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, an effect (an effect according to a naval battle scenario) that inspires which one of the own ship (the main character) or the enemy ship (the enemy character) wins is developed. . The effect contents up to the ED section 3 are substantially the same as the 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side.
ED section 3-4: "Result production" indicating the result of the naval battle production. Here, since the case where 5R probable change on the special figure 1 side is won, as a result of the production of the naval battle, the enemy ship is sunk by the attack of its own ship, and the hero character side informs that "the victory" has been won. Appears. By this "victory effect", the player knows that the big hit this time was the 5R sure change on the special figure 1 side. As a result effect, there is a case where the same “defeat effect” as the 5R time reduction A on the special figure 1 side once appears, and then the “resurrection effect” in which the hero character side “wins” appears. In this resurrection production, the reinforcement contents of the ally appear, the enemy ship is destroyed, and it is the production content that wins in reverse. This resurrection effect appears with a predetermined probability. For example, the resurrection effect is most likely to appear in the case of “Naval battle effect scenario A”, which is easily selected in the case of the special figure 1 5R time saving A. Therefore, when the naval battle scenario A appears and the “defeat stage” appears in the result stage, that is, even if the 5R time reduction A election on the special figure 1 side becomes rich, the resurrection stage appears. Because of the high degree of expectation, the expectation of winning the 5R probable change on the special figure 1 side is maintained.
ED section 5: “Battle production end production” that notifies the end of naval battle production. Here, for example, the characters “WIN!” Are displayed. A series of naval productions is thereby terminated.
ED section 6: “migration destination game state suggestion effect”. Here, an effect (probable effect mode transition suggestion effect) that informs the user that the state is to be shifted to the probable change state (when focusing on the effect mode, that the mode is shifted to the probable effect mode) is displayed.
ED section 7: “Attention production”. Here, an effect is displayed that warns the user to prevent the user from getting stuck and forget to take out the card.
ED section 8: “Maker logo production”. Here, effects such as advertising are displayed, such as the display of the manufacturer's logo. This maker's logo effect is not displayed when the special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A wins.
ED section 9: “Probable change transition standby screen”. Here, a standby screen for waiting for the symbol variation display game to start in the probability variation effect mode is displayed.

  As described above, when the end INT has elapsed, a series of big hit games related to the special figure 1 side 5R certain change (when the chance symbol is stopped) is ended.

(7-2-2. Jackpot game period when the probable variable symbol stops; FIG. 8 (b))
Next, the jackpot game period at the time of stopping the positive variation symbol will be described. As shown in FIG. 8 (b), the big hit game period when the probable variable symbol stops is different only in that the start INT is composed of the OP section 1 to the OP section 3; Same as the period. However, the hit production is very different.

(7-2-1B. Production for each game period at the time of stopping the probable variation symbol)
In the hit-medium effect at the time of stopping the probable variable symbol, since the stop is already displayed on the probable variable design game in the symbol variation display game at the time of winning, the winning of the special figure 1 side 5R probable change is definitely notified. Therefore, here, instead of the naval battle production that can hide the type of the hit jackpot, “blessing production for 5R probable change winning” (OP section 1 to OP section 3) that congratulates the winning of 5R probable change on the special figure 1 side appears. It is supposed to be.

(OP section 1 to OP section 3 when stopping the probable variable symbol)
As described above, the start INT is divided into three OP sections, and for example, the following effects appear.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to celebrate the probable winning. Here, for example, “Surely big hit!” Is displayed.
OP section 2: "Song selection effect" in which BGM can be selected. Here, a music selection effect for allowing the player to select a favorite BGM from a plurality of types of BGM1 to BGM3 appears. This music selection effect is an aspect of a player participation type effect using operating means such as the direction key 75. Specifically, the BGM type displayed on the liquid crystal screen can be selected by operating the direction key 75 by the player, and after the selectable period has elapsed, the selected BGM type is automatically determined. It has become so. Note that the selectable period is 6000 ms, which is the effect time width of the OP section 2.
OP section 3: "Music determination effect" for notifying the determined music (BGM name) and "Right-hit suggestion effect" appear.

(Round game section and R-to-R INT section during stoppage of the probable variable symbol)
During the round game and during the R-to-R INT, the BGM determined by the player in the above-mentioned music selection effect is played, and the "character" for displaying explanations and introductions of characters (warships, weapons, etc.) appearing in the naval battle effect is displayed. "Introduction effect" appears.

(ED section 1 to ED section 9 when stopping the probable variable symbol)
As shown in the drawing, the end INT at the time of stopping the probable variable symbol is divided into nine ED sections, and an effect (ED effect) corresponding to each ED section appears. For example, the production is as follows.
ED section 1: “Selection effect start effect”. Here, it is displayed that selection effects (character selection effects, first item selection effects, and second item selection effects described later) are started in the following ED sections 2 to 4. Here, during the ED production, a plurality of types of selected productions (a plurality of types of player participation-type productions) having different production contents appear, and the player selects his or her favorite ship (the main character). Then, the player can select a gun (item) to be equipped on the selected ship, so that the player can decorate the ship with a favorite warship (clothing effect). In this way, the player can not only select a favorite character, but also select a dress-up item (decorative item), so that the player can be entertained. Has become. In particular, the special figure 1 side 5R probability big hit is 5000 ms longer than the end INT (43000 ms) of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, so by executing multiple types of selected effects, the extended amount The feeling of being prolonged can be prevented. This selective production is a production that is not produced in the hit-medium production related to the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A or the hit-medium production related to the above-mentioned chance pattern stop, and is one aspect of the player participation-type production like the music selection production described above. It is.
ED section 2: “Character selection effect” in which one can select one's own ship (the main character). Here, a selection effect is displayed in which the player selects a favorite warship from a plurality of types of warships 1 to 4 to appear in the probability change effect mode. The character selected here is used as a main character to appear in a background display effect, a notice effect, or the like in the symbol variation display game.
ED section 3: “First item selection effect” for selecting the main gun (first item). Here, as the first fire gun to be mounted on the own ship, a selection effect appears for the player to select a favorite main gun type from a plurality of types of main guns 1 to 8.
ED section 4: “Second item selection effect” for selecting a secondary gun (second item). Here, as the second gun to be mounted on the own ship, a selection effect for allowing the player to select a favorite weapon from a plurality of types of secondary guns 1 to 8 appears. The own ship is decorated by the guns (items) selected in the ED sections 3 and 4 described above.
ED section 5: “Selection effect end effect”. Here, the own ship decorated in the above-described ED sections 2 to 4 is displayed. Thus, a series of selection effects is completed.

ED section 6: “Migration destination game state suggestion effect” described above. Here, an effect that informs the user that the state is to be shifted to the certainty change state (a certainty effect mode shift suggestion effect) appears.
ED section 6: The above-mentioned “warning effect” appears.
ED section 7: The above-mentioned “manufacturer's logo effect” appears.
ED section 8: The “probable change transition standby screen” appears.

  As described above, when the end INT elapses, a series of big hit games related to the special figure 1 side 5R certainty change (when the certainty change design is stopped) is ended.

(7-3. Special figure 2 side "5R time saving A big hit": Fig. 6, Fig. 9)
Next, with reference to FIG. 9, a description will be given of a big hit game in the case where the “Special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A” is won. In addition, about the content substantially the same as that of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A big hit or the special figure 1 side 5R certain-variable big hit, description will be given while appropriately omitting it in order to avoid redundant description.

  As shown in FIGS. 9 (a) and 9 (b), the jackpot game period relating to “Special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A” is OP section 1 to OP section 3 (when the number of consecutive holidays <10 times) or OP section 1 (15,000 ms in total) including the number of extended games <10 times, the 1R to 5R round game period (maximum opening time: 29800 ms), and the 3000 ms R interval INT after each round game (15000 ms in total) And an end INT of “7500 ms in total” including the ED section 1 and the ED section 2. The end INT (7500 ms) related to 5R time saving A on the special figure 2 side is the shortest time width as compared with other big hits.

This jackpot game period is the same regardless of the gaming state at the time of winning, and regardless of whether the game is won during normal time, during working hours, or during probable change, the interval time of each game section and its total interval time Has not changed. Specifically, as shown in FIG.
-Start INT "15000 ms" + INT between R "15000 ms" + end INT "7500 ms" = total INT "37500 ms".

  However, when the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A is won, the winning effect differs depending on whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied. More specifically, the effect during the hit is different depending on the number of consecutive villas. In the case of this embodiment, the time width of each INT is the same regardless of the number of extended games. However, when the number of extended games shown in FIG. (Time-saving medium-time winning pattern A: Normal winning medium-size production), and when the number of consecutive holidays shown in FIG. Is done. In other words, when the number of consecutive villas is equal to or more than the specified number (10 in this example), a medium effect per SP is displayed as a privilege in the sense of blessing the player.

  In the first example, even if a winning is achieved with a probability change big hit (for example, 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side), a medium effect per SP is made to appear according to the number of extended games (details of which will be described later). In the medium effect per SP when the winning is won in the probability variable jackpot, an effect different from that in the case where the jackpot is won is shown. The reason is as follows. In the case of a time-saving jackpot, the state is shifted to the time-saving jackpot (low probability), so that there is a great possibility that the state of the extended holiday is interrupted at the current time saving jackpot. However, in the case of the probability variable jackpot, the state is shifted to the probability variation state (high probability), so that it is almost guaranteed that the extended state will be continued. Therefore, in the case of a time saving big hit, the “first production per SP time” (time winning pattern B) taking into account that the state of the extended holiday is interrupted is taken into consideration. A second SP per-stage effect ”(a winning pattern 4 during a probable change described later (see FIG. 12B)).

  In the following, when the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A is won, the number of consecutive holidays is less than 10 (time reduction pattern A) and the number of extended holidays is 10 or more (time reduction medium time pattern B). And the production during the hit will be described.

(7-3-1A. About hit during the time reduction pattern A (number of consecutive villas less than 10 times)
First, the “time-saving medium-time winning pattern A” shown in FIG. 9A will be described.

(OP section 1 to OP section 3 related to the winning pattern A during working hours)
When the number of consecutive holidays is less than 10, as shown in FIG. 9A, the OP section of the start INT is divided into three, and, for example, the following effects appear.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to notify the winner. Here, "normal blessing effect" (blessing effect for less than 10 consecutive villas, which has been won in the 5R time reduction A on the 5R side of the special figure 2) appears.
OP section 2: “Song selection effect”. Here, as in the case of “5R probable change on the special figure 1 side when the probable change symbol is stopped” described in FIG. 8B, a music selection effect for selecting the BGM appears. As for the BGM types, new BGMs (new songs) are added in accordance with the number of consecutive villas, and the range of options for the BGM types is expanded. For example, a new BGM is added one song at a time from the second to the seventh consecutive times, no addition is performed for the eight to nine consecutive times, and a special BGM is added at the tenth or more consecutive times. (The same applies to the case of winning the “10R probability change on the special figure 2 side” described later).
OP section 3: The above-mentioned "music determination effect" and "right-handed suggestion effect" appear.
Note that these OP effects are mainly produced using an image display effect, a sound effect, and a light effect, and a flashy effect such as a movable body actor does not appear.

(Round game section and R-to-R INT section related to the winning pattern A during the working hours)
During the round game and during the R-to-R INT, the BGM determined by the player in the above-mentioned music selection effect is played, and the "character introduction" is the same as in the above-mentioned "Special figure 1 side 5R certain change at the time of stopping the certain pattern change". Direction "appears. However, the “character introduction effect” here is a “character introduction effect” for 5R time saving A on the special figure 2 side.

(ED section 1 to ED section 2 related to the winning pattern A during the working hours)
As shown in the drawing, the end INT relating to the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A has an ED section divided into two, and in the case of a normal hitting medium effect, for example, the following ED effect appears.
ED section 1: the above-mentioned “migration destination game state suggestion effect”. Here, similarly to the case of the special figure 1 side time saving A, it is notified that the state is shifted to the time saving state. However, unlike the special game 1 side 5R time saving A winning election destination game state suggestion effect (for the first hit), it is for extended holidays (for special figure 2 side 5R time saving A winning during the time saving / probable change state) The transition destination game state suggestion effect appears.
ED section 2: The above-mentioned “time saving shift standby screen”. Here, as in the case of the special figure 1 side time saving A, the standby screen for the start of the symbol variation display game in the time saving effect mode is displayed.

  As described above, when the end INT elapses, a series of big hit games related to 5R time saving A on the special figure 2 side is ended.

(7-3-1B. About hit during the time reduction pattern B (the number of consecutive villas is 10 or more))
Next, the above-mentioned “time reduction medium-time winning pattern B” (middle effect per first SP) shown in FIG. 9B will be described.

(OP section 1 related to winning pattern B during working hours)
When the number of consecutive villas is 10 or more, as shown in FIG. 9B, there is one OP section of the start INT, and, for example, the following effects appear.
OP section 1: "1st special title effect". Here, a specific title indicating the start of the first SP per-stage production is displayed as part of the per-stage production.

(Round game section and R-to-R INT section related to the time-saving medium-winning pattern B)
During the round game and during the R-to-R INT, for example, a movie for a medium effect per first SP is displayed.

(ED section 1 to ED section 2 related to the winning pattern B during short hours)
As shown in the drawing, the end INT according to the time-saving medium-winning pattern B has an ED section divided into two. In the case of the medium effect per first SP, for example, the following ED effect appears.
ED section 1: "1st special end effect". Here, a first special end effect that notifies the end of the first SP hit intermediate effect appears as part of the hit intermediate effect. The first special end effect is an effect that appears only when the special figure 2 side time reduction A wins, that is, an effect that informs that the game state after the big hit game is shifted to the time reduction state. is there. In this regard, the special end effect works as a “destination game state suggestion effect” that informs the shift to the time saving state. In addition, in the first special end effect, a setting suggestion effect is duplicated as a privilege.
ED section 2: “Time-saving shift standby screen” (same as winning pattern A during time-saving).

  As described above, when the end INT elapses, a series of big hit games related to 5R time saving A on the special figure 2 side is ended.

(7-4. Special figure 2 side "10R probable big hit": Fig. 6, Fig. 10 to Fig. 12)
Next, with reference to FIG. 6, FIG. 10 to FIG. The big hit game period relating to the special figure 2 side 10R certainty change differs from other big hits and differs according to the game state at the time of winning. Hereinafter, the big hit game during the time reduction (winning during the extended holiday), during the probable change (winning during the extended holiday), and during the normal (the above-mentioned first irregular winning) will be sequentially described with reference to FIGS. I will do it.

(7-4A. Jackpot game period when winning the 10R probable change on the special figure 2 side during working hours: FIG. 11)
First, with reference to FIG. 11, a description will be given of a case where the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won during the time reduction (hereinafter, also abbreviated as “time reduction medium time special figure 2 side 10R certain change winning”).

As shown in FIG. 11, in the case of the 10R sure variation winning on the side of the special figure 2 during the time reduction, the start INT of “23000 ms” including the OP section 1 to the OP section 3 and the round game period of 1R to 10R (maximum opening time 29800 ms) ), 3000 ms R-interval INT after each round game (30000 ms in total), ED section 1 to ED section 8 (in the case of the below-described time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1) or ED section 1 to ED section 4 (the later-described medium-time (In the case of the winning pattern 2), the end INT of “45500 ms in total”. Specifically, as shown in FIG.
-Start INT "23000 ms" + INT between R "30000 ms" + End INT "45500 ms" = total INT "98500 ms".

  As can be seen from FIG. 6 (B), the start INT when the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won is 8000 ms longer than the other big hit start INT (15000 ms). In this example 1, the 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side is a jackpot (highest advantage jackpot) that gives the highest profit (highest payout), and the base value increases more than the other jackpots. This is because INT is preferably set to a long time.

(7-4A-1. About the production during the winning at the time of winning the 10R probable change on the special figure 2 side during working hours)
The hit-medium effect related to the 10R probable variation winning on the side of the time saving medium special figure 2 side has a different effect form depending on whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied. In the first example, if the first hit is a time saving big hit (for example, special figure 1 side 5R time saving A) or the special figure 1 side 5R sure change when the chance symbol is stopped, the special figure 1 when the first hit is positive change pattern stop The above-mentioned “change of clothes effect” as in the case of the side 5R certainty change is not executed. Therefore, when the 10R probable change on the special figure 2 side during the time reduction is won, if the above-mentioned “change-over effect” has not been executed at the time of the previous big hit, during the end INT at the time of the election, this “ "Replacement effect" is executed. In this case, as the hit-medium effect, “the hit-medium effect according to the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1” (the change-making effect per-medium effect type) is selected. On the other hand, when the above-mentioned “change-of-change effect” has already been executed, the illustrated “medium-time effect for non-change-time effect for non-change-effect effect” is selected.

(7-4A-2A. About hit production for winning pattern 1 during working hours)
The hit-medium effect according to the above-mentioned time-saving medium winning pattern 1 will be described.

(OP section 1 to OP section 3 related to the winning pattern 1 during working hours)
In the case of the hit middle production according to the winning pattern 1 during the time reduction, the OP section of the start INT is divided into three as shown in the figure, and, for example, the following production appears.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to congratulate the winner. Here, an image display effect such as "Super Big Hit!" And a special light effect (for example, the effect LED is colored in rainbow) to notify that the special advantage 2R 10R probability change of the highest advantage has been won. And a special sound effect (for example, generating an impact sound or a thunderbolt sound), and operating the movable body (flower-shaped character 90 and clock-shaped character 80) in a special operation pattern. (Special blessing production) appears. The reason for performing this “flashy production” is as follows. As already described, the start INT at the time of winning the 10R probability change winning on the special figure 2 side is extended by 8000 ms from other jackpots. Therefore, if there is no direct invention, the extended period of time may cause the player to feel bored or prolonged. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a “flashy effect” using the movable object is displayed to inform (bless) the fact that “the winner has won a jackpot with a high degree of advantage” and to elevate the player. By giving a sense of excellence and excellence, a sense of boredom and prolongation is not created.

(Specific examples of flashy productions)
Note that the above “fancy production” is a production mode that belongs to the same category as the “blessing production” that also appears in the special figure 1 5R time reduction A with a low degree of advantage. The difference from the above is that in the case where the number of types of effect means used as described above is different, specifically, in the blessing effect (normal blessing effect) of 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side, the image display effect by the liquid crystal display device 36, Although three types of production means, a sound production by the speaker 46 and a light production by the decoration lamp 45 (production LED), are used, in the fancy production (special blessing production) of the 10R sure change of the special figure 2 side, a movable body is further used. By adding a moving body effect with the role of a character, a lively (flashy) effect is produced. In other words, this is a case in which the number of types of staging means is relatively increased to increase the degree of stunning staging, thereby realizing “dazzling staging”.

  As another method, the number of types of the effecting means to be used is the same, but a flashy effect can be realized by changing the effecting time width and / or effecting mode by at least one effecting means. For example, when the decorative lamp 45 (light effect) is used, and when a normal blessing effect is performed, a part of the decorative lamp 45 (including other effect LEDs) (the first light emitting unit (first light emitting region)) is used. In the case where a predetermined effect is performed using the display and a flashy effect is performed, the entire decoration lamp 45 (a second light emitting unit (second light emitting region) having a larger number of used LEDs (used region) than the first light emitting unit). ) Is used to perform a predetermined effect. That is, depending on the size of the light emitting area, the size of the light emitting area, and the difference in the light emitting mode, a flashy effect may be realized by giving lightness to the degree of flashiness related to the light effect. For example, in the case of a normal blessing production, a non-flash and non-rainbow colored light production should be performed, while a flashy production should have a flashy and rainbow colored light production. Can be. Also, in the case of (P) sound production, the degree of loudness related to the sound production is weighted according to the number and / or the volume of the speakers 46 to be used. In the case of (Q) image display production, for example, a special Depending on the presence or absence of a so-called "effect (highlighting process)" for drawing (image) processing and displaying special images redundantly, and for the presence or absence of flash display (flash display), the degree of gaudiness is given lightly (S In the case of a movable body effect, a flashy effect may be realized by giving lightness to the degree of gaudiness depending on the size of the operation range (difference in operation pattern) or the number of operating objects. (T) In addition, in order to make “a flashy effect”, it is not limited to a two-dimensional effect mode mainly based on image display effects, but a flower-shaped accessory 90, a clock-shaped accessory 80, a stimulation for a player. A three-dimensional effect using one or a plurality of movable bodies such as a source (pressing device, wind pressure device, or vibrating device: not shown) is added to increase the degree of showiness, and It is preferable to incite a sense of exaltation and superiority.

  In addition, with the configuration described below, it is possible to prevent a feeling of boredom or extension from being caused in the extension period. In the same manner as in the above-described “configuration in which the big hit won this time is once hidden” described in FIG. 8, for example, the symbol variation display game when the special figure 2 side 5R time short A wins and the special figure 2 side 10R certain change winning game With the symbol variation display game, the combination of common decorative symbols can be stopped and displayed, and at the end of the symbol variation display game, the hit type that has been won this time is once concealed from the stage of production (not only during the time reduction, but usually Medium or probable winning). In both the time of winning the special figure 2 5R short time A and the time of winning the special figure 2 10R time, it is a section where a stir-up effect to raise the tension of which jackpot was won is displayed, and the extension period (8000 ms) is used as a staging section (inducing staging section). In this case, when the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A is won, the winning of the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A is notified during the fluttering production section, and when the special figure 2 side 10R certainty change is won, After the fanning production section, the above-mentioned “flashy production” which does not appear when the 5th-hour time reduction A on the special figure 2 is won will appear. In detail, if the winner of the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A is selected, the 6000 ms of the OP section 1 is used as the stir-up production section, and if the special figure 2 side 10R certainty change is won, the 14000 ms of the OP section 1 is used for 6000 ms. Is allocated to the production section, and the remaining 8000 ms is allocated to the flashy production section. In this case, rather than simply performing “flashy production” using the entire 14000 ms of the OP section 1, the production of “flashing production from fanning production” is developed. , Can act as a production section that gives a feeling of uplifting. Thereby, it is possible to more effectively prevent the player from feeling bored or prolonged at the start INT that takes a relatively long time.

OP section 2: "Song selection effect" appears. Here, the above-mentioned FIG. 8 (a) (the case of the special figure 1 side 5R sure change at the time of stopping the probable variable design) or FIG. ), A music selection effect appears.
OP section 3: The above-mentioned "music determination effect" and "right-handed suggestion effect" appear.

(Round game section and INT section between R related to the winning pattern 1 during working hours)
During the round game and the R-to-R INT, the BGM determined by the player in the music selection effect is played, and an effect (song-dependent effect) corresponding to the BGM appears. The effect here is different from the “character introduction effect” described above, and a special effect (for example, a video of a historic naval battle) corresponding to the determined BGM appears.

(ED section 1 to ED section 8 according to winning pattern 1 during working hours)
As shown in the drawing, the end INT according to the winning pattern 1 during the working hours is divided into eight ED sections, and here, “ED section 1 to ED section 9 when the probable variable symbol is stopped” described in FIG. (See "7-2-2A. Effects Regarding Each Game Period at the Time of Stopping Probable Variation Symbol") and an ED effect that is partially the same. In particular,
ED section 1: “acquired ball number notification effect” for informing the number of game balls (acquired ball number) acquired during the extended play. Regarding the number of acquired balls here, the number of prize balls paid out during the jackpot game in the extended villa is counted.
ED section 2 to ED section 6: In ED section 2 to ED section 6, the "selection effect start effect", the "character selection effect", the "first item selection effect", the "second item selection effect", A series of changing effects of the “selection effect end effect” appear.
ED section 7: The “migration destination game state suggesting effect” appears.
ED section 8: The “probable change transition standby screen” appears.
In addition, unlike the “ED section 1 to ED section 9 at the time of stopping the probable variable design” illustrated in FIG. 8B, the “warning production” and the “maker logo production” are not displayed in the short-time winning pattern 1. This is because displaying information unrelated to the game many times every time a big hit is made may cause the player to feel annoying (the same applies to the below-mentioned time-saving during-time-saving pattern 2).

  As described above, when the end INT elapses, a series of big hit games related to the 10R certainty change on the special figure 2 side (at the time of winning during the time reduction) is ended.

(7-4A-2B. About hit during the time reduction pattern 2)
Next, with reference to the same drawing, a hit-medium effect according to the above-described time-saving medium-winning pattern 2 will be described. In addition, among the hit-medium effects related to the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 2, the effects related to the OP section 1 to the OP section 3, the round game section, and the R-to-R INT section are the same as the above-described time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1, and thus are duplicated. The description is omitted to avoid the description.

(ED section 1 to ED section 4 according to the winning pattern 2 during working hours)
As shown in the drawing, the end INT in the time-saving winning pattern 2 is divided into four ED sections. The end INT in the time-saving-time winning pattern 2 is partially different from the time-saving-time winning pattern 1, and the following ED effect appears. In particular,
ED section 1: The above-mentioned "production of the number of acquired balls". However, a background display different from the winning pattern 1 during the working hours is displayed.
ED Section 2: “Participation in mini-game” with player participation. Here, a so-called “mini-game” appears as a player participation type effect different from the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1 (ED section 2 to ED section 6). This mini-game is, for example, a game content (torpedo game) in which a torpedo battle is performed between a submarine (hero character) and an enemy fleet (enemy character). If you hit an enemy ship, points will be entered, and when reaching the prescribed point, a setting suggestion effect will appear as a privilege. When firing a torpedo or aiming at an enemy ship, the effect button 13 (torpedo firing button) and the direction key 75 (aiming button) are used. In this torpedo battle game, for example, five torpedoes can be fired, and 100P can be obtained each time the torpedo hits an enemy ship, and 200P (100P hit + 100P sinking) can be obtained each time the enemy ship is sunk (maximum 1000P obtained (enemy ship) 5 ships can be sunk), and if the point is 700P or more, a setting suggestion effect appears. However, whether to hit or sink is determined each time a torpedo is fired by a predetermined effect lottery related to a torpedo battle game. Therefore, if the player does not actively participate in the torpedo battle game, the possibility of acquiring points decreases and the possibility that the setting suggestion effect will not appear increases. Is zero. Since the setting suggestion effect gives a setting guessing element and is an important information source that can influence the player's profit, the player actively participates in the torpedo battle game (the “air combat game” described below also) ). As a result, even when the long interval time is consumed, it is possible to effectively prevent the player from feeling bored or prolonged.

  If the specified points cannot be achieved in the mini-game this time (the torpedo battle game, the air battle game described below), the mini-game in the next big hit (10R sure change winning on the side of the special figure 2 on the working hours) will be reset to zero again. It starts from point (0P). However, if the specified points cannot be achieved in this mini-game, the points will be added in the next mini-game based on the jackpot (10R sure change winning on the special figure 2 side) and the total number of points has reached the specified points Alternatively, a configuration suggesting effect may be configured to appear. Although the content of the mini game is not particularly limited, for example, "specific information" useful to a player if participating in the game is notified, for example, "If participating in the game, a setting suggestion effect can appear". For example, it is preferable to provide a player participation type effect that enhances the player's willingness to participate. As the specific information, in addition to the setting suggestion information, for example, the number of pitched balls obtained (for example, the top five rankings are displayed), the number of consecutive play counts (instead of the ranking, past repeat count information may be used), Information about the jackpot winning history and the like. The jackpot winning history is information including the number of revolutions from the previous jackpot winning (when power is turned on, until the first jackpot winning) to the current jackpot winning (so-called “number of times between jackpots”). (The player can estimate the set value by comparing the jackpot probability in practice with the theoretical (design value) jackpot probability). In addition, since the number of consecutive holidays rankings is relatively higher as the jackpot lottery probability is higher, the number of consecutive holidays can be useful information for the setting estimation element as in the case of the big hit winning history. More specifically, in the present embodiment, the probability change input rate is uniformly 65% regardless of the set value, that is, the extended-run rate during the probability change is the same regardless of the set value. The higher the probability is, the higher the retraction rate (reduction rate during short hours). For example, if the low-probability time is 1/410 to 1/320 at settings 1 to 6, the retraction rate during 100 time savings is about 21.7% to about 26.9% at settings 1 to 6. Become. Therefore, the higher the setting, the greater the number of consecutive villas. Therefore, the number of consecutive villas can be information useful for a setting estimation element. In addition, the number of balls to be obtained, the number of consecutive games, the number of hits, or the hit history, may be displayed only for today (from power-on to power-off), or may be information for the previous day or a plurality of days ago. May be taken over, or a history of a plurality of days (for example, one week) may be displayed. In particular, if it is possible to display the history information of at least the previous day (for example, the previous day to one week ago, etc.), the jackpot winning history and the number of consecutive houses can be a factor for estimating the sales strategy of the pachinko hall for the player side. This can be useful information for today's setting guess.

  In the ED section 3 to the ED section 4, the “transfer destination game state suggestion effect” and the “probable change transition standby screen” appear as in the case of the winning pattern 1 during the working hours.

  As described above, when the end INT elapses, a series of big hit games related to the 10R certainty change on the special figure 2 side (at the time of winning during the time reduction) is ended.

(7-4B. Jackpot game period when winning the 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side during the probability change: FIG. 12)
Next, with reference to FIG. 12, a description will be given of a case where the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won during the probability change (hereinafter, also abbreviated to “the probability figure special figure 2 side 10R probability change winning”). It should be noted that the contents substantially the same as the contents at the time of winning the 10R probability change winning on the special figure 2 side during the time saving described in FIG. 11 are omitted as appropriate in order to avoid redundant description.

  In the case of the probable changing special figure 2 side 10R certain win, as shown in FIG. It is configured to include a 3000 ms R-interval INT (30000 ms in total) after each round game and an end INT of “45500 ms” in total. Although the details will be described later, depending on whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied, the OP section of the start INT and the ED section of the end INT are determined as the winning pattern during the probable change shown in FIGS. Branches to 1-4.

As shown in FIG. 6 (B), the structure of the jackpot game period at the time of the winning change during the special change during special probability 2 side 10R is the same as at the time of winning the special change during the time reduction during special time 10R.
-Start INT "23000 ms" + INT between R "30000 ms" + End INT "45500 ms" = total INT "98500 ms".

(7-4B-1. Probability during hit at the time of 10R probable change winning on the 2nd side of probable changing special figure 2 side)
Like the time of the above-mentioned time saving medium figure special figure 2 side 10R certain variation winning, the hit middle production related to the 10R certain variation winning in the special probability middle special figure 2 side is different depending on whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied. ing. Specifically, whether the above-mentioned “change-of-dressing effect” is executed at the time of the big hit before the previous time also at the time of the probability change winning on the special figure 2 side 10R probability changing winning like the time saving medium figure special figure 2 side 10R probability changing winning. Depending on whether or not, the directing scenario is branched.

  In detail, according to a predetermined execution condition, the winning pattern 1 during the change of the staging type per change effect is executed, or the winning patterns 2 to 4 during the stabilization of the non-change effect per staging type are executed. To decide. Note that the winning patterns 2 to 4 during non-changing production (non-changing production per production middle production type) are determined according to the number of consecutive holidays. Regardless of the number of times, the winning pattern 1 during the change of the effect type during the change effect is preferentially executed. In this manner, in the case of the winning during the probability change, the winning effect is different depending on the number of extended villas, regardless of whether or not the “changing effect” is performed. There are abundant things. As a result, the big hit game for a longer time than other big hits is not monotonous and can be enjoyed and digested. In the following, a description will be given of a winning effect of the winning patterns 1 to 4 during the probability change.

(7-4B-1A. About the hit during the winning pattern 1 during the probable change)
The winning medium effect according to the winning pattern 1 during the probability change is the same as the winning effect according to the winning pattern 1 during the working hours.

(7-4B-1B. About the hit middle production according to the winning pattern 2 during the probability change)
The hit middle production according to the winning variation pattern 2 during the probability change is the same as the hit middle production according to the time reduction middle winning pattern 2. However, the hit middle production according to the winning pattern 2 during the probability change is selected when the number of consecutive play is the second to fifth (less than a predetermined specified number). In the first example, the change-in-producing effect medium-winning effect type (time-saving medium-winning pattern 1 or probable-change medium-winning pattern 1) is preferentially selected. Is a case where the number of consecutive villas is at least two.

(7-4B-1C. About the hit middle production according to the winning pattern 3 during the probability change)
The hit middle production according to the winning pattern 3 during the probability change is selected when the number of consecutive play is the sixth to ninth (less than a predetermined number of times). In the winning medium effect according to the winning pattern 3 during the probability change, the effect (ED effect) at the end INT is different from the above-described time-saving medium winning pattern 2 and the other points are the same. Specifically, a mini game having a different content from the mini game (torpedo game) of the winning pattern 2 during the time reduction is displayed, but the function of the mini game itself is the same.

  In the mini-game in the winning pattern 3 during the probable change, for example, the game content (air combat game) expressing that an air battle is to be performed between the own aircraft (the main character) and the enemy aircraft (the enemy character) is provided. When the enemy aircraft is shot down, points are entered, and when the specified points are reached, a setting suggestion effect is presented as a privilege. When firing a machine gun or aiming at an enemy aircraft, the effect button 13 (machine gun firing button) and the directional key 75 (aiming button) are used. In this air battle game, for example, if a machine gun is fired five times, and the machine gun hits an enemy aircraft and shoots down, 200P can be acquired (up to 1000P can be acquired (5 enemy aircraft can be shot down), and 800P can be acquired. The setting suggestion effect comes to appear by the acquisition above. In this air battle game, as in the above torpedo battle game, if the player does not participate actively, there is a possibility that the setting suggestion effect may not appear, and if no player participates, the setting suggestion effect may appear. Sex is zero. Also, whether or not to shoot down is determined by a predetermined effect lottery, as in the torpedo game.

(Modified example of player participation type production)
The specific information (for example, information relating to at least one of setting suggestion information, ranking of the number of balls to be obtained, ranking of the number of consecutive villas, and hitting history of the jackpot) is provided in a player participation type effect such as a mini game. As the notification conditions for notification, for example, the following conditions (A1) to (A5) can be defined. (A1) It is performed only at the time of winning the probability change jackpot on the special figure 2 side, (A2) It is performed at the time of extended play of the probability change big hit on the special figure 2 side (at least two consecutive houses), (A3) Only at the time of the probability change of the special figure 1 Perform (A4) at the time of winning the probability variable big hit on Toku-zu 2 side (or at the time of consecutive play at the probability changing big hit on Toku-zu 2 side) and / or at the time of winning the probability variable big hit on Toku-zu 1 side, (A5) The above notification condition can be determined, for example, when the big hit is won (so-called, when the big hit is pulled back). In this way, by making the contents of the player participation type effect different depending on the type of the hit, the interest of the game can be improved.

  In the ED section 1, the ED section 3, and the ED section 4, similarly to the winning pattern 1 during the time reduction, the “acquired ball number notification effect”, the “destination game state suggestion effect”, and the “probable change transfer standby” are respectively provided. The screen appears.

(7-4B-1D. About the hit middle production according to the winning pattern 4 during the probability change)
The hit effect for the winning pattern 4 during the probability change is selected when the number of consecutive games reaches 10 (the number of consecutive games reaches a predetermined specified number). The hit-producing effect according to the winning pattern 4 during the probability change is the above-mentioned “producing in the second SP” (producing in the second special hit), and is displayed as a privilege when the number of consecutive villas reaches the specified number. It is a special hit production. In a very rare case, a jackpot in which the “change of clothes effect” is not executed, specifically, the 5R short time A on the special figure 1 side, the 5R probability change on the special figure 1 side when the chance symbol is stopped, or the special figure 2 side For example, if the 5R time reduction A is won only, for example, nine consecutive holidays are acquired, and the tenth jackpot (number of consecutive holidays = 10) is won in the special map 2 side 10R sure change. Is not selected, and the above-mentioned probability change winning pattern 1 (during-change effect per-winning effect type) is preferentially selected. In this case, the winning pattern 4 during the probable change is selected only when the subsequent big hit in the extended villa state is the 10R probable change on the special figure 2 side. In the present embodiment, unless the jackpot relating to the change-making effect per-during-stage effect type, which is the first execution condition, has been won during the current extended holiday, the special map 2 side has been elected to 10R certain change and the number of extended holidays Has reached the prescribed number of times (number of consecutive holidays = 10 times), the winning pattern 4 (second special ED effect) during the probability change is not executed. In the following, a description will be given of a hit-medium effect according to the winning pattern 4 during the probability change.

(OP section 1 related to winning pattern 4 during probable change (middle production per 2nd SP))
As shown in FIG. 12 (b), in the hit middle production according to the winning pattern 4 during the probable change, as shown in FIG.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to celebrate the probable winning. Here, as in the OP section 1 according to the winning pattern 1 during the working hours, a flashy effect appears. In addition, the production mode may be the same as that of the winning pattern 1 during the working hours, or may be different.
OP section 2: “Second special title effect”. Here, a specific title indicating the start of the middle production per second SP is displayed.
OP section 3: "Right-handed suggestion effect" described above.

(Round game section related to winning pattern 4 during probability change, INT section between R)
During the round game and the R-to-R INT, for example, a movie for a medium effect per second SP is displayed.

(ED section 1 to ED section 3 for winning pattern 4 during probable change)
As shown in the drawing, the end INT according to the winning pattern 4 during probable variation has an ED section divided into three, and in the case of the normal hitting medium effect, for example, the following ED effect appears.
ED section 1: Here, the movie appearing in the round game section or the R-to-R INT section appears in such a manner as to bite into this ED section 1. In addition, in the ED section 1, an effect of informing the number of acquired balls is also displayed together with the movie.
ED section 2: "2nd special end effect". Here, as a part of the second SP-per-medium effect, a second special end effect that notifies the end of the second SP-per-medium effect appears. The second special end effect is an effect that appears only at the time of winning the 10R probability change winning on the special figure 2 side, that is, an effect that informs that the gaming state after the big hit game is shifted to the probability changing state. is there. At this point, this special end effect works as a “destination game state suggestion effect” that informs the user that the game will be shifted to the probable change state. In the second special end effect, a setting suggestion effect is also duplicated as a privilege.
ED section 3: The “probable change transition standby screen” appears. Then, when the end INT elapses, a series of big hit games is ended.

  In addition, when the winning pattern 4 during the probability change is selected once, it is selected every time the number of consecutive villas reaches 10 times from the next time. Further, in the present embodiment, it has been described that the winning pattern 4 (second special ED effect) during the probable change is not executed unless the jackpot pertaining to the “change-in-production effect per-winning effect type” is won. Regardless of whether or not the required-for-medium effect type is won during the series, when the number of consecutive rooms reaches the specified number (10 times), the probability-change-winning pattern 4 may be executed.

  The above-mentioned hit production in the probable change winning pattern 4 (the second production per second SP) is a hit production that has a strong privilege meaning that appears when the number of consecutive cottages that cannot be achieved normally is achieved. In other words, it is positioned as a premiere hit production. For this reason, when this effect appears, the player can enjoy a sense of accomplishment and a sense of superiority, and the effect is a deeply emotional effect for the player. Therefore, there is an advantage that the player is less likely to feel bored or prolonged even without the intervention of the player participation type effect. Such a premier hit-medium effect can be said to be a preferable effect mode in that it contributes to enriching the hit-medium effect and reducing the feeling of boredom and prolongation.

(7-4C. Big hit game period when the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won during normal time: Fig. 10)
Next, with reference to FIG. 10, a description will be given of a case in which the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won during normal time (hereinafter, also abbreviated as “normal medium special figure 2 side 10R probability change win”) (irregular win). It should be noted that the contents substantially the same as the contents of the special figure 2 side 10R probable change winning during the time saving or probable changing special figure 2 in FIGS. 11 to 12 will be omitted as appropriate in order to avoid redundant description.

  As shown in FIG. 10, in the case of the regular medium special figure 2 side 10R probability variable winning, as shown in FIG. ), An R-interval INT of 3000 ms after each round game (a total of 30,000 ms), and an end INT of “a total of 50500 ms” including the ED section 1 to the ED section 9.

In the case of the normal medium special figure 2 side 10R certain variable winning, it is the same as the “time saving medium winning pattern 1” of the time saving medium special figure 2 side 10R certain variable winning shown in FIG. 11 except that the time width of the end INT is different. Specifically, the end INT is usually longer for 5000 ms in the 10R certainty variable winning on the side of the medium special figure 2 and as shown in FIG. 6 (B),
-Start INT "23000 ms" + INT between R "30000 ms" + End INT "50500 ms" = total INT "103500 ms".

(7-4C-1A. About the production during the hit at the time of winning the 10R probable change on the side of the regular middle special figure 2)
For the medium-sized special figure 2 side 10R probable win, the productions related to the ED section 1 to ED section 7 of the start INT, round game, INT between R, and end INT are the above-mentioned 10R probable variable win for the time saving medium figure special figure 2 side. This is the same as the “time-saving-time winning pattern 1” at the time, except that an “alert effect” appears in the ED section 8 and a “probable change transition standby screen” appears in the subsequent ED section 9.

  The reason why the big hit game period is relatively long (5000 ms longer) is different from the time of winning in other game states (during time saving or changing probability) during normal winning in the special figure 2 side 10R probable change. This is as described below. As described above, the normal medium winning of the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is an irregular winning that can occur rarely even if the player plays the game correctly (refer to the above-mentioned “first irregular winning”). ). This winning is a "first hit", but a first hit that normally occurs, that is, a first hit with a higher degree of advantage than the "Tokuzu 1 side 5R time saving A" winning or the "Tokuzu 1 side 5R certain change" winning. Therefore, if no countermeasure is taken, the base value (during the probable change state of the transition destination after the jackpot game) may increase and it may be difficult to meet the legal requirements. As a countermeasure, it is usually necessary to extend the interval time at the time of winning the 10R certainty change on the side of the medium special figure 2 side. However, if the extended time is lengthened unnecessarily, it is not preferable because it gives a sense of extension. Therefore, in Example 1, as an irregular countermeasure, the same effect as in the case of a regular first hit (when the special figure 1 side 5R short time A or the special figure 1 side 5R sure change) is won (in this example, the above-mentioned "warning effect") In addition to preventing the feeling of delay, the base value is reduced. If there is no particular effect on the fluctuation range of the base value, the time width of the jackpot game period related to the winning during the time reduction or the probable change may be the same as the time width (each INT is the same time width). Specifically, the end INT at the time of the normal medium win may be the same time (45500 ms) as the end INT at the time of the time saving or the win during the probability change, or the end INT at the time of the time during the time reduction or the win during the variable speed may be set at the time of the normal medium win. The end INT may be the same time (50500 ms). In this case, the extension rates shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D to be described later have the same value during normal, during working hours, and when winning during the probable change (corresponding columns of β2N, β2S, and β2F). In addition, the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation hit of the special example 2 shown in FIG. 16 described later, the special figure 2 side 2R probability variation hit and the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation hit of the specific examples 4 and 5 shown in FIG. In the case of winning (irregular winning), the end INT is extended by 5000 ms, as in the case of the 10R probability change on the side of the special middle figure in Example 1; If there is no particular effect on the fluctuation range of the jackpot, it can be the same as the time width of the jackpot game period related to the win during the time reduction or the probability change.

<8. Relationship between the jackpot game period (interval time) of each jackpot>
As described above, as one embodiment of the present invention, the big hit game period and the effect during the hit according to the first specific example have been described. However, in the present embodiment, the big hit game period is not determined in a dark cloud. Hereinafter, in addition to the above-described FIG. 6, FIG. 7 to FIG. 12, and FIG. 13A to FIG. 13D and FIG. .

(8-1. Advantages when comparing big hits: FIG. 6 (C))
First, with reference to FIG. 6C, a description will be given of the relationship of the advantage when comparing the big hits. This advantage is related to the extension rate described later (FIGS. 13A to 13D).

  In the case of this embodiment, the level of the advantage when comparing each big hit is determined as follows. For example, when comparing the 5R time reduction A jackpot (100 time reductions) and the 5R time reduction B jackpot (50 time reductions), the maximum number of rounds and the maximum opening time of the special winning opening are the same in both cases. When focusing only on the profit state in the middle, it can be said that the big hits have equal advantages. However, when attention is paid to the game state type including the transition destination, the “5R time-saving A big hit” with a relatively large number of time savings is a big hit with a higher degree of advantage for the player. Further, in the case of the present embodiment, although the number of STs relating to the probability variable jackpot is finite, the number of STs is “65536”, and the next big hit winning is promised at almost 100%. Therefore, the value is substantially the same as the so-called “infinite ST state” in which the probable change continues until the next big hit. When dealing with the high-low relationship of the advantage when the probability change jackpot is to give the above “infinite ST state”, first consider the game state type of the transition destination first, and then consider the number of payouts (Game state type priority determination method). For example, when comparing the 5R time saving A big hit and the 5R certain changing big hit, the 5R certain changing big hit which is shifted to the certain changing state becomes the big hit with a higher advantage. In this case, the relationship of the advantage of the big hit type shown in FIG. 6A is "5R short time B big hit <5R short time A big hit <2R certain variable big hit <5R certain big hit <10R certain big hit". However, when comparing big hits in which the maximum number of rounds on one side is less than half of the maximum number of rounds on the other, such as a 5R time-saving A big hit and a 2R probable big hit, there is a large difference in the number of payouts. In some cases, inconvenience may occur if the game state type of the transfer destination is considered with priority. When such a big hit is included, the payout number may be considered in priority (a payout number priority determination method). In this case, the relationship of the advantage of the big hit type shown in FIG. 6 (A) is “2R probability big hit <5R time short B big hit <5R short time A big hit <5R certain big hit <10R certain big hit”.

  As described above, when comparing big hits having different game states at the transition destination, the normal state, the time saving state (a relatively large number of time savings is more advantageous), the latent state (the one with a relatively large number of STs) Are higher in the degree of advantage) and the probability change state (the larger the number of STs is more advantageous), in this order, is treated as a jackpot having a relatively higher degree of advantage. According to this rule, for the big hit type of the specific example 1 shown in FIG. 6 (A), the advantage of each big hit is summarized as shown in FIG. 6 (C). The relationship is as follows: Special figure 2 side 5R time saving A big hit <Special figure 1 side 5R certain variable big hit <Special figure 2 10R certain variable big hit.

  However, if the number of STs cannot be treated as the above “infinite ST state”, in the case of a big hit in which the number of STs that is not necessarily the state where the next big hit is promised is given due to the jackpot lottery probability (for example, when the number of STs is 30) ) As described above, instead of giving priority to the type of game state at the transition destination, the consecutive play rate resulting from the winning of the big hit (for example, the symbol lottery rate, the ST regular consecutive play rate, or the time reduction medium consecutive holiday rate) , Etc.), and the one with a large extended-village rate can be treated as a “big hit with a high degree of advantage”. More specifically, for example, a gaming machine in which a large-hit probability (low-probability state) in a low-probability state (normal state or time-saving state) is "1/100" and a large-hit probability in a high-probability state is "1/20". Here, a game machine provided with a 5R probability variable jackpot providing 10 ST times (assuming transition to a normal state after the end of ST) and a 5R time jackpot providing 100 time reduction times is considered. In this example, when determining the degree of advantage, if "the game state type of the transfer destination" is prioritized, the "5R probability change big hit (ST10 times)" of the probability change transition trigger becomes the big hit with the higher degree of advantage. However, in consideration of the extended holiday rate, the 5R probability variable jackpot (5 times in ST) has an average rate of about 40.1% during ST, and the 5R hourly reduced jackpot (100 times in hours) has a reduced rate of about 70.1 hours. 63.4%, and the latter 5R time-saving jackpot (100 time-savings) is a jackpot with a higher relocation rate and a higher degree of profit for the player. Therefore, “5R time-saving big hit (100 time savings)” is a big hit with a relatively higher advantage than the former “5R probability changing big hit (ST 10 times)”.

  Therefore, assuming that all the probable big hits shown in FIG. 6 (A) are the big hits giving ST10 times, the relationship of the advantage is “5R hour-saving B big hits (ratio of about 39.5%). <2R probable big hit (ratio of about 40.1%) <5R probable big hit (ratio of about 40.1%) <10R probable big hit (ratio of about 40.1%) <5R Rate of about 63.4%) ". In short, when the number of STs cannot be treated as the infinite ST state, the highest priority is given to the “rensou rate” between the big hits, and then the “destination game state type” is considered. Finally, it is preferable to determine the level of the advantage by a method of considering the “number of payouts during a big hit”.

  Further, the degree of advantage can be determined in consideration of whether the big hit on the special figure 1 side and the special figure 2 side is subject to the big hit lottery according to the game state. In the case of the present embodiment, the jackpot on the special figure 1 side is a jackpot that can be a lottery target exclusively during “left-handed”, that is, “during a state without electric support (during a normal state)” (a jackpot for the “initial hit” target). The big hit on the special figure 2 side is exclusively for “right-handed”, that is, for the big hit that can be a lottery target (during the “time-saving state, during the probable change state”) during the “electric support” state (during the time-saving state). Big hit). In this case, in consideration of the fact that the big hit on the special figure 2 side is won in a state where the base value is high, the big hit on the special figure 2 side is relatively more advantageous than the big hit on the special figure 1 side. Can be treated as a jackpot. For example, there is a 5R probability variable jackpot on Toku-zu 1 side and a 5R probability variable jackpot on Toku-zu 2 side (the number of STs is assumed to be the same). When these jackpots are compared, both are jackpots of the same value, When paying attention to whether or not the target big hit is during the consecutive holidays (during the state with the electric support), the 5R certain variable big hit on the special figure 2 side can be treated as a big hit having a relatively high advantage. . Note that the special map type itself has no direct relation to the extended game rate or the game state of the transition destination, so the items to be finally considered, that is, the extended game rate, the game state type of the transition destination, and the big hit This is a matter to be considered when the advantage cannot be determined between jackpots having the same number of balls to be played. In addition, when importance is attached to the hit during the extended holiday, it is preferable that the special map type is not at least the final consideration. For example, when the special figure type is considered with the highest priority (when the special figure 2 side is prioritized), the relationship of the advantage of the first embodiment is as follows. Special figure 2 side 5R probability variable hit <Special figure 2 side 10R probability variable hit ".

  Further, the symbol lottery rate may be considered as an item when determining the degree of advantage. When the symbol lottery rate is taken into consideration, as described above, the symbol lottery rate can be determined in consideration of whether or not a hit is made during the extended holiday. For example, the symbol lottery rate is 35% for the special figure 1 side 5R time short A big hit, 65% for the special figure 1 side 5R short time big hit, 35% for the special figure 2 side 5R short time big hit, and 35% for the special figure 2 side 5R certain time big hit. In the case of 50% and the special figure 2 side 10R probability change hit is 15%, the relationship of the advantage when the symbol lottery rate is considered as the highest priority is "Special figure 2 side 10R certain change big hit (15%) <special figure 1 side 5R time saving A big hit, special figure 2 side 5R time saving A big hit (35%) <special figure 2 side 5R certain variable big hit (50%) <special figure 1 side 5R certain variable big hit (65%) ". However, when the special figure type is considered with the highest priority (when the special figure 2 side is prioritized), the relationship of the advantage is as follows. %) <Special figure 2 side 10R probability big hit (15%) <Special figure 2 side 5R short time A big hit (35%) <Special figure 1 side 5R certain variable big hit (65%) ".

  Of course, the present invention is not limited to the above-described determination method, and the degree of the advantage can be determined by comprehensively considering the magnitude relationship of the expected value (expected profit) of the acquired profit when each big hit is won. Further, different determination methods may be adopted for the special figure 1 side and the special figure 2 side. For example, on the special map 1 side, any one of the number of extended villas, the game state type of the transition destination, and the number of balls to be taken is given the highest priority, while on the special map 2 side, the symbol lottery rate, the number of extended villas, the transition For example, one of the preceding gaming state type and the number of balls to be played is given the highest priority consideration. In the present embodiment, the small hit is not handled. However, the hit game by the small hit (small hit game) is opened when the large winning opening 50 is opened once by a legal request. Is determined to be a time that does not exceed 1.8 seconds in total when the release is repeated a plurality of times. For this reason, during the small hit game, since the number of balls is relatively small, and the transition control of the game state is not performed, the small hit is treated in the same row as the big hit (when the small hit type is considered to include the small hit). , The jackpot with the lowest profit among all jackpots. However, when the maximum number of rounds is small and the opening time is extremely short (for example, 100 ms) as in the case of the 2R system big hit, the small hit may be treated as having higher advantage. In the present specification, when the degree of advantage is referred to as high (relatively high) or low (relatively low), it is a concept including all cases determined by each of the above-described methods of determining the degree of advantage.

(8-2. Extension rate: FIGS. 13A to 13D)
The “extension rate” shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D will be described. The “extension rate” is defined as the interval time of the second big hit (comparative big hit) with respect to the interval time (start INT, R-INT, end INT, or total INT) of the first big hit (reference big hit). This is a value that indicates a ratio (ratio). In short, it is a value that is used as an index that indicates the degree of elongation (extension degree) of the comparison jackpot with respect to the reference jackpot, and is a new index that has not been provided before. In the case of this example, the extension rate is expressed as a percentage, but may be expressed as a fraction, a ratio, a decimal number, or the like as appropriate.

  The extension rate is not limited to the use of the degree of delay, and various events when comparing the jackpots, for example, the extension / reduction time width of the jackpot game period, the profit rate during the jackpot game (the acquisition during the jackpot game) The number of balls, the difference in the number of obtained balls), the degree of fluctuation of the base value, the degree of discomfort experienced by the player, specific events related to the number of hits (for example, the ratio of balls to death, the difference in the number of balls to death), the digestion efficiency of big hits ( It is a new index that can be used in considering the difference in the digestion time of big hit games). In particular, the “extension rate” is based on the design value that easily passes the type test, what the length of the jackpot game period will not give the player dissatisfaction, The interval time (hereinafter, also referred to as “reference INT”) is determined based on how the jackpot interval time (hereinafter, also referred to as “comparison target INT”) to be compared is determined in terms of design. There is novelty in that it can be used as an index in considering the situation of

  13A to 13D, the jackpot described in the row direction column is the “reference jackpot” side, the jackpot described in the column direction column is the “comparative jackpot” side, the ratio of the comparison INT to the reference INT, That is, the value calculated by “comparison target INT ÷ reference INT” is shown as a percentage. For example, the reference jackpot is “5R time reduction A on the side of the normal middle special figure 2” (β1N shown in the upper column row direction in FIG. 13B), and the jackpot for comparison is “5R time reduction A on the side of the normal middle special figure 1” (left of FIG. 13B). The extension rate of the total INT when α1N shown in the column direction, that is, the extension rate of the total INT of the normal medium special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A to the normal medium special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A (the total INT of α1N) The total INT of β1N = extension rate ER) is 195% (73000 ms ÷ 37500 ms ≒ 195%). 13A to 13D show the extension rate when the start INT, the INT between R, the end INT, and the total INT are compared for each of the big hits of the first example.

  Based on this index (extension rate), for example, if the useless ball ratio during the big hit game period in “Normal medium toku map 1 side 5R time saving A” is calculated (all hits in the INT period will result in a dead ball (useless ball) It can be seen that the increase is about 95% of "Normal Medium Special Map 2 side 5R time reduction A". Also, as long as the number of useless balls (reference number of useless balls) generated in the standard “Normal Medium Special Map 2 side 5R time saving A” is known, (the performance of the launcher (about 1.67 shots per second) × total INT 37500 ms (Reference INT) = approximately 62.6 balls (reference number of useless balls), the number of balls to death of the comparison target “5R time reduction A on the side of special hours for special hours 1R” is a value obtained by simply multiplying the extension rate, that is, “approximately 62 0.6 balls (the number of balls at reference death) × extension rate 195% ≒ 122 balls ”, which can be calculated by a very simple calculation. Since the size of the number of dying balls can be used as a reference value such as the range of fluctuation of the base value, the “extension rate” which is easy to understand at a glance is very useful as a design index.

(8-2-1: About extension rate between each jackpot according to specific example 1)
13A to 13D, the following characteristic relationships (A) to (H) are defined. The purpose is to make it easier to match the model test without impairing the feeling of throwing out as much as possible, and to prevent the blind extension as much as possible. Hereinafter, characteristic elements closely related to the present invention will be described. In the present specification, for convenience of explanation, the “big hit with a relatively high advantage” side is a “high hit big hit”, and the “big hit with a relatively low profit” side is a “low hit big hit”. May be abbreviated.

(8-2-1A: About the relationship between big hits of the same special design)
(A) Among the big hits on the special figure 1 side, the high INT big hit has a longer total INT (in other words, the low INT big hit has a shorter total INT). That is, the extension rate ER of the total INT of the high advantage jackpot with respect to the low advantage jackpot has a relationship of “100% <extension rate ER”. In the case of Example 1, the advantage when comparing the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A with the special figure 1 side 5R probability change is that the “special figure 1 side 5R probability change” side is “high advantage big hit”, which is more advantageous than that. The side with the lower degree, "Special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A" side is "low advantage big hit". As shown in FIG. 13A, the extension rate of the total INT of the special figure 1 5R probability change (high advantage) with respect to the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A (low advantage) is 107% (94% in the reverse case). It has become. Regarding this point, the intersection of “α2N”, “α2S”, and “α2F” in the left column direction (column of the special figure 1 big hit) and “α1N”, “α1S” and “α1F” columns in the upper column line direction in FIG. Column (107%), or the total INT column (94) at the intersection of “α1N”, “α1S”, “α1F” in the left column direction and “α2N”, “α2S”, “α2F” in the upper column row direction. %). 13A to 13D, description of the reference column is omitted.

  (B) Similarly, in the big hit on the special figure 2 side, the total INT is longer in the high advantage big hit (in other words, the total INT is shorter in the low advantage big hit). That is, the extension rate ER of the total INT of the high advantage jackpot with respect to the low advantage jackpot has a relationship of “100% <extension rate ER”. In the case of the first embodiment, when comparing the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A with the special figure 2 side 10R certainty change, the advantage is higher for the "special figure 2 side 10R certainty change". Then, as shown in FIG. 13D, the extension rate ER of the total INT of the special figure 2 10R probability change (high advantage) with respect to the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A (low advantage) is 263% (during time saving, during the probability change). 276% (normal (irregular)).

  (C-1) Next, when attention is paid to an interval time other than “total INT”, among the big hits on the special figure 2 side, the high advantage big hit has a longer start INT and a longer INT. In the case of the present example 1, the start INT is longer by 8000 ms and the end INT is longer by 38000 ms (43000 ms in the case of irregular winning) in the case of the special figure 2 10R probability change than the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A. Focusing on the extension rate, the extension rate ER1 (153%) of the start INT of the special figure 2 side 10R certainty change (high advantage) with respect to the 5R time saving A (low advantage) on the special figure 2 side and the extension rate ER2 of the end INT (607% at the time of winning during reduced hours and probable change, 673% at the time of normal winning), the relationship is “1 <ER1 <ER2”.

  (C-2) Here, attention is paid to the magnitude of the extension rate ER. The extension rate ER2 of the end INT is larger than the extension rate ER1 of the start INT. Therefore, the end INT having a relatively large extension rate naturally has a greater degree of elongation than the start INT. Therefore, during the interval time when the extension rate is large, the player is likely to feel bored and prolonged without any contrivance in the effect. On the other hand, on the start INT side where the extension rate is small, the degree of elongation is small, and the player is less likely to feel bored and prolonged than on the end INT side where the extension rate is high.

  Therefore, in the case of the present example 1, during the end INT on the extension rate “large” side, in order to entertain the player, special dressing effects or special games such as mini-games (for example, the torpedo fighting game or the air fighting game) are used. Make a player-participating type of production appear. In particular, the mini-game gives a privilege of notifying information about the game (in this example, the appearance of a setting suggestion effect), and an effect mode which greatly contributes to the elimination of a sense of prolongation of the player. It can be said that. On the other hand, during the start INT on the extension rate "small" side, the above-mentioned "flashy effect" or a simple player-initiated effect (for example, With the appearance of the song selection effect), the delay is eliminated.

  However, it is also important to use the extension rate as an index in consideration of the reference INT, instead of making a judgment based only on the value of the extension rate. More specifically, if the "reference INT" is on the order of "several tens to hundreds of milliseconds", for example, in the case of "800 ms", the extension rate ER of the comparison target INT is the larger "600% to 700%". , The time width is about 4800 ms to 5600 ms. With such a time width, it is not necessary to make the player-participation type production or flashy production appear. On the contrary, the balance between the production time width and the production contents is lost.

(About the relationship between the extension rate and the performance as seen from experimental values)
Here, experimental results (questionnaire results) on the balance between the effect duration and the effect contents are shown. FIG. 14 shows how long the interval time should be for a beginner to 100 advanced players (within the company) to receive the most prolonged feeling (including boring, malaise and discomfort). It is a questionnaire result. In this questionnaire, an experimental gaming machine was actually prepared for the survey. In this experimental gaming machine, the start INT is 8 seconds, the number of rounds is 10R, the interval between Rs is 3 seconds, and the time width of the end INT is 60 seconds. Is not available? "Or" Long productions ", etc.), and the number of seconds is recorded. In addition, the ED production during the end INT uses a “non-player participation production” in which a predetermined movie image is displayed without using the player participation production (FIG. 14A), Two types of questionnaires were conducted in a case (FIG. 14 (b)) using a “player participation type effect” for presenting a game. The vertical axis of the illustrated bar graph indicates the number of persons, and the horizontal axis indicates the time width of the end INT. Here, in order to make the result of the questionnaire easy to understand, the graph is every 4000 ms. For example, in the case of the graph of 12000 ms in FIG. 14A, it is indicated that “two players” recorded that a sense of delay was present during “12000 ms to less than 16000 ms”. In addition, since it is considered that the second and subsequent times are more likely to be delayed than the first time, in the questionnaire shown in the figure, the experiment was conducted at least twice and the average number of seconds recorded by each subject was graphed. It was done.

  According to the results of these questionnaires, in the case of the non-player participation type effect shown in FIG. 14 (a), when the interval time becomes approximately 24 seconds or more, the number of players who experience a sense of delay increases exponentially, 38 seconds or more show the peak value. In particular, if the time is longer than 28 seconds, there are very many players who feel a delay. That is, when the time is about 24 seconds to 40 seconds, many players (about 80% of the total in this questionnaire survey) have a feeling that they are prolonged. On the other hand, in the case of the player participation type effect shown in FIG. 14 (b), since the player actively participates in the mini-game, the feeling of delay is greatly reduced especially in about 24 to 40 seconds. . It was found that 80% or more of the surveyed subjects did not feel any delay if the time was about 50 seconds (less than 48 seconds in the figure). Considering these questionnaire results, in the case of a non-player participation type effect, if an INT of about 30 seconds (28 seconds or more in the figure) is provided, some measures are taken so that the player does not feel delayed. (Measures for directing) may be necessary. In the case of the first embodiment, for example, when the shortest end INT is 7500 ms of 5R time saving A on the special figure 2 side, the extension rate ER has an end INT of about “300% to 350% ≦ ER”. It can be said that it is preferable to present a player participation type effect such as a mini game or a change effect for a big hit. Referring to the extension rates of FIGS. 13A to 13D, the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, the special figure 1 side 5R certain change, the special figure 2 side 10R certain change, etc. may be the target hits in the player participation type effect. I understand. Note that, unlike the mini game, the change effect is not to notify information about the game, and therefore, even when the extension rate ER is relatively smaller than the mini game (INT is relatively short). Can be used. In the above mini-game, when the end INT is relatively long, “5R probable change on the special figure 1 side (end INT = 45500 ms)” or “10R probable change on the special figure 2 side (end INT = 48000 ms)”, the change effect is not performed. It is preferable to use this in the case of a special case 1 side 5R time saving A (end INT = 43000 ms) of the end INT relatively shorter than that.

  Further, a simple player participation type effect such as a song selection effect appearing during the start INT is suitable when the extension rate ER is even smaller (for example, “about 150% <ER <300% to 350%”). In the case of the first example, as described above, the effect is adopted during the start INT (interval time is about 15 seconds to 20 seconds). However, if the interval time is approximately 20 seconds or less, it is considered that the time width is such that the player does not feel too much delay, so that it is not necessary to cause the player participation type effect to appear. In addition, the combination of the above-mentioned “flashy effect” and the player-participatory effect is an effective means for eliminating the feeling of delay. In the case of the first example, as described above, for the 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side (the start INT is a relatively long hit), the above-mentioned “flashy effect” and the “music selection effect (simple Player-type production).

  In this way, the “extension rate” can be effectively used as an index when determining whether to provide a player participation type effect or a flashy effect for which jackpot. In any case, the extension rate ER can be an important index when considering various effects such as what kind of effect should be prepared during the INT and how long the delay is, and the like.

(8-2-1B. Relationship between big hits between different special maps)
Next, the relationship of the big hit between different special figures will be described. The big hit types (α1N to α2F) on the special figure 1 side and the big hit types (β1N to β2F) on the special figure 2 side have the following relationship.

  (D) The maximum advantage big hit (β2N to β2F) on the special figure 2 side has a longer total INT than any big hit (α1N to α2F) on the special figure 1 side. For example, the extension rate ER of the total INT of the “special figure 2 side 10R probability change” for the “special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A” or the “special figure 1 side 5R probability change” is both “100% <extension rate ER”. . In addition, the special figure 2 side 10R certainty change (highest advantage big hit) according to the present example 1 has a longer total INT between Rs (15000 ms for 5Rs) because the number of rounds is larger than other big hits. Even with the same maximum number of rounds, the total INT is long (when converted to a maximum of 5R, the total INT is 83500 ms (98500 ms-15000 ms)). If the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won in the extended house state (when the state with power support is continuous between big hits) wins, the base value increases more than the other big hits, so the total INT should be reduced as much as possible. Preferably, it is long. Therefore, the total INT of the special figure 2 side 10R certain variation is determined so that the total INT is longer than other big hits even when the maximum INT is converted to 5R.

  (E) The minimum INT big hit (β1N to β1F) on the special figure 2 side has a shorter total INT than at least the maximum profit big hit (α2N to α2F) on the special figure 1 side. In the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A according to the present example 1, the total INT is shorter during the entire big hit, and the total INT is shorter than the lowest advantage big hit (α1N to α1F) on the special figure 1 side. For example, the extension rate ER of the total INT of the “special figure 2 side 5R time A” for the “special figure 1 side 5R sure change” is “extension rate ER <100%”. As described above, the reason why the total INT is relatively short in the case of the big hit in which the advantage of the special figure 2 is low (particularly, in the case of the lowest profit big hit) is that the hit game in the extended game This is because the digestion speed is increased as much as possible so as not to impair the feeling of a ball coming out (feeling out of the ball). In the first example, the special INT 2 side 5R time saving A (lowest advantage big hit) is set so that the total INT is the shortest of all the big hits, while the special figure 2 side 10R certainty change (highest advantage big hit) is: The total INT is set to be the longest of all the big hits so that the fluctuation range of the base value is restrained and the ball feeling is not impaired.

  (F) The extension rate of the total INT of the special advantage big hit on the special figure 2 side to the big hit (α1N to α1F or α2N to α2F) on the special figure 1 side is “ERα”. When the extension rate of the total INT of the maximum advantage jackpot (β2N to β2F) with respect to the low advantage jackpot (β1N to β1F) is “ERβ”, the relationship of “extension rate ERα <extension rate ERβ” is satisfied. For example, as shown in FIG. 13C, the extension rate ERα of the total INT per 10R probability change jackpot for the special figure 1 5R time reduction A is about 135% (at the time of normal winning, about 142%) and the special figure 2 5R As shown in FIG. 13D, the extension rate ERβ of the total INT per 10R probability variation per hour on the special figure 2 with respect to the time saving A is about 263% (about 276% at the time of normal winning).

  (G) Although not shown, when a jackpot type (not shown) is provided, for example, when “5R probable change on the special figure 2 side” is provided instead of “10R probable change on the special figure 2 side”, The side 5R probability change and the degree of advantage are the same, but the special figure 2 side is a big hit that can be a target of winning in the state with electric support (during the extended holiday), that is, a big hit that is won when right-handed. It is preferable that the above-mentioned "special figure type" is taken into consideration when considering the relationship of the degree of advantage, and that the relation of the degree of advantage is "5R probability on the special figure 1 <5R probability change on the special figure 2". In this way, when a jackpot type (not shown) is provided, in accordance with the already described “8-1. High and low of the advantage when comparing each jackpot”, appropriately taking into account the advantage of each jackpot, The relationship of the extension rate described in the above (A) to (F) can be applied.

  (H) Also, in FIGS. 13A to 13D, the extension rates are shown for the sections of the start INT, the INT between Rs, the end INT, and the total INT, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the following sections are not limited thereto It may be targeted. For example, at least one section of each OP section of the start INT, at least one section of the R-to-R INT section of each round, or at least one section of each of the ED sections of each end INT. Specifically, it is an extension rate when the OP sections 1 are compared with each other (an extension rate of the second jackpot OP section 1 with respect to the first jackpot OP section 1). For example, the OP section 1 of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A is 6000 ms (see FIG. 7), and the OP section 1 of the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation big hit is 14000 ms (see FIGS. 10 to 12). The extension rate of the OP section 1 in the special figure 2 side 10R certainty variation with respect to the OP section 1 of the side 5R time saving A is “extension rate ER = about 233%”. In this way, it is possible to calculate an extension rate for a subdivided INT period, in other words, a specific effect section, and use that value as an index of the extension degree.

(8-3: About the extension rate in the case of the specific example 2: FIG. 15)
Next, the extension rate in the case of the present example 2 (specific example 2) illustrated in FIG. 15 will be described. This Example 2 is different from Example 1 (FIG. 6) in that the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A (100 time reductions) is replaced by the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction B (50 time reductions). (See FIG. 15A).

  As for the interval time, as shown in FIG. 15 (B), other big hits including the replaced special figure 2 5R time saving B are the same as in the first example (FIG. 6). The same is true.

  However, as for the advantage between the big hits, as shown in FIG. 15 (C), the special figure 1 side 5R time saving B is a big hit whose advantage is relatively lower than the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A, so a13 ( The subscript indicates a matrix), and “△ → ○” changes, and a31 changes to “△ → ×”.

  This Example 2 (FIG. 15) is also substantially the same as the content described in Example 1 (FIG. 6) described above (see “8-2-1: Each big hit according to the specific example 1”). Regarding the extension rate ”, see FIGS. 13A to 13D).

  Examples 1 and 2 described above (including Examples 3 to 5 described later) are representative examples of preferred embodiments of the present invention, and the present invention relates to the above (A) To (H). Further, the technical idea of the present invention is that all of the technical ideas that can be derived from the description regarding each INT and the extension rates shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D (including the extension rates according to the above (G) and (H)). included.

<9. About the total INT in the state of the casino>
(9-1. Specific Example 3: FIGS. 16 and 17)
In the above, the relationship between the big hits has been described, paying attention to the big hit game period, the extension rate, and the effect during the hit. Here, as Example 3 (Specific Example 3), the relationship between the big hits will be described, focusing on the elapsed time (total INT) when the big hits are extended.

  Referring to FIG. 16, the jackpot type of the third embodiment is, as shown in FIG. 16 (A), newly added to the jackpot type of the special figure 2 shown in FIG. Jackpot "has been added. Each INT is as shown in FIG. According to the same rule (game state type priority determination method) as in the above-described specific example 1, the relationship of the advantage degree of each big hit according to the present example 3 is “5R time saving B big hit <5R time saving A big hit <5R probable big hit <10R Treated as a "probable change jackpot" (not shown). Therefore, the newly provided “5R probability change on special figure 2 side” has a higher advantage than the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A, and has a lower degree of advantage than the 10R probability change on special figure 2 side “medium advantage big hit”. It is the position of.

  First, a description will be given of the hit-medium effect according to the special figure 2 side 5R certainty change of the third example. As for the OP production during the start INT, the “blessing production” (here, the production that informs that the special figure 2 side 5R sure change winning) is the same as the already described “special pattern 1 side 5R time reduction medium time winning pattern A”. , And belongs to a normal blessing effect (a non-dominant flashy effect)), a "song selection effect", a "song determination effect", and a "right-suggesting effect". As for the effects during the round game and during the R-to-R INT, a “character introduction effect” for the 5R certainty change on the special figure 2 side appears. Also, as for the ED effect during the end INT, the “acquired ball number notification effect”, the “destination game state suggestion effect”, and the “probable change transition standby screen” are sequentially displayed. The end INT relating to the special figure 2 side 5R probable change is longer than the end INT relating to the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A (see FIG. 16 (B)). It is assigned to the production time of the ball number notification production.

  FIG. 17 focuses on the “probably variable jackpot” that greatly affects the extended-village state, and shows a model case (patterns 1 to 4: extended-village pattern) of the extended-village state (when the probable-variation state continues continuously) in the large-variable jackpot. It is shown. Here, the focus is mainly on the "potentially changing big hit on the special figure 2 side" which is a big hit (a big hit for a long stay) which is a lottery target in the series. The reason for this is that, when a consecutive mansion occurs in the state with the electric power support, the jackpot type most affects the rise of the base value.

  Each of the patterns 1 to 4 shown in the figure shows the extended-casing case when the total number of digested lands reaches 30 rounds. Specifically, the pattern 1 is a case where the special figure 2 side 5R probability change is 6 consecutively, the pattern 2 is a case where the special figure 2 side 5R probability change is 4 consecutive and the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is once won, Pattern 3 shows the case where the 5R probability change of the special figure 2 side is 2 villas and the 10R probability change of the special figure 2 side is 2 villas, and the pattern 4 shows the case where the 10R probability change of the special figure 2 side is 3 villas. Note that the order of winning of any of the patterns is out of order.

  Here, paying attention to the total INT per one big hit, the INT time per 1R (unit round) with respect to the total INT “Runt” (total INTＩＮmaximum number of rounds) for the 5R sure change of the special figure 2 on the low advantage side Is “8000 ms” (INT time / 1R), and the 10R certainty change on the special figure 2 side on the high advantage side is “9850 ms”. That is, the “Runt” has a relationship that the time width is “low advantage big hit <high advantage big hit”. Also, of the total digestion round numbers, the digestion round number “Rdig” occupied by each jackpot is calculated, and the sum of the values multiplied by the “Runt” of each jackpot is calculated (Σ (Runt × Rdig)). For example, the “total INT time” required for the total digestion round is calculated. For example, the total INT time required for 15R digestion in Pattern 1 can be calculated as follows. Out of the total digestion rounds 15R, the digestion round by the 5R probability change on the special figure 2 side occupies 15R (5R probability change on the special figure 2 side × 3 times). Therefore, the total INT time is “8000 ms × 15R = 12000 ms”. In the case of pattern 3, the 5R probability change in the special figure 2 side occupies 10R in the total digestion round 15R, and the 10R probability change in the special figure 2 side occupies 5R (5R probability change in the special figure 2 side × 2 times + special figure). (2 sides 10R probability change × １ ／), the total INT time is “8000 ms × 10R + 9850 ms × 5R = 129250 ms”. The total INT time required for 5R to 30R digestion for each pattern is as shown.

  That is, when there are N types of jackpots having different degrees of advantage (in the case of the third example, the degree of advantage corresponding to the maximum number of rounds), the INT time per 1R (unit round) of each big hit is represented by “Runt1, Runt2,. , Runt (K-1), RuntK ”(K = 1 to N), and the number of digestion rounds occupied by each jackpot is“ Rdig1, Rdig2,..., Rdig (K−1), RdigK ”(K = 1). ＮN), the “total INT time (Σ (RuntK × RdigK): K = 1 to N)” required for digestion of the total digestion round number “Rtal” at the time of the extended run is the total digestion round number (Rtal). Among them, as the number of rounds of digestion due to the high-impact jackpot is relatively large, the total INT time becomes longer (the digestion speed of the jackpot game becomes slower). There is a characteristic that the shorter the number of digestion rounds, the shorter the time (the faster the digestion speed of the big hit game).

For example, if attention is paid to 10R (Rtal = 10R) corresponding to the least common multiple of the maximum number of rounds of the special figure 2 side 5R probability change (low advantage) and the special figure 2 side 10R probability change (high advantage), "Special figure 2 The big hit game when the special figure 2 side 10R certain change is won once and the 10R minute digestion is completed, rather than the digestion speed of the big hit game when the 10R min. Speed reduces the speed of digestion of big hit games. In particular, the number of consecutive villas is finite. For example, in the case of the third example, the probability of intrusion rate is 65% (130/200), and the average number of consecutive villas is about 3 to 4 times (including extended holidays during working hours). When designing a gaming machine, the following points are important from the viewpoints of both the feeling of a ball coming out (the amusement of the gaming machine) and the ease of conformity of the type test (legal request).
(Α) If the low-probability jackpot (here, 5R probability change on the special figure 2 side) runs in a row, the number of payouts is small and the base value rise is small. It is important to give a sense of the ball to the player. (Β) On the other hand, when a high-impact jackpot (here, 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side) runs in a row, many balls appear and there is a feeling of balls coming out, but the rapid rise of the base value is suppressed and the model test is passed. It is important to make it easier. In addition, for example, in order to obtain “Rtal = 30R” (excluding the initial hit), if the 5R probability change on the special figure 2 side requires 6 suites, the 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side requires 3 suites. To reach. In other words, the relative advantage is that the larger the Rtal, the lower the advantage jackpot must be in Dalian. Therefore, taking into account the fact that the extended holiday rate is finite, the rare advantage jackpot on the side of the low advantage jackpot rarely occurs. It is important to consider the speed of payouts by placing importance on the villas on the high-impact jackpot side rather than on the villas.

  In view of such a point, in the third example, at least with respect to the big hit on the special figure 2 side (the big hit in the series), the “Runt” is set to be relatively long as the degree of advantage increases. I have decided. Thus, in the case of a low advantage big hit, the number of hits is small, but the hit speed is improved and the hit feeling is increased. On the other hand, in the case of the high advantage hit, many hits can be obtained. It is possible to provide a well-balanced gaming machine in which the speed is slow and the increase in the base value is suppressed (it becomes easier to conform to the type test) (the same applies to Example 4 described later). The “Runt”, like the extension rate “ER”, can be used as an index useful when considering various events related to the jackpot game.

  In the case of patterns 1 to 4 shown in FIG. 17, the number of digestion rounds by the 10R certainty change on the special figure 2 side is relatively large in the order of patterns 1, 2, 3, and 4 as shown in the figure. Therefore, the length of the total INT time has a relationship of “pattern 1 (shortest) <pattern 2 <pattern 3 <pattern 4 (longest)” (for example, the total INT time when digesting 10R, 20R, and 30R shown in FIG. 17). Column).

  In addition, in this example 3, although the extended casino pattern of the big hit is shown, even when the time saving big hit is interposed (the case where the special drawing 2 side 5R time shortening A winning is intervened), the relation of the length of the total INT time is Is the same. More specifically, as described above, the relationship of the advantage of each jackpot is “5R time saving A on the special figure 2 side <5R probability change on the special figure 2 side <10R probability change on the special figure 2 side”, and 5R on the special figure 2 side. The “Runt” of the time saving A is “7500 ms” (37500 ms (total INT) ÷ 5R (maximum number of rounds)). That is, among the big hits on the special figure 2 side, the Runt of the 5R time saving A of the special figure 2 side having the lowest advantage is determined as the shortest time. Therefore, also in this case, the relationship is the same that the total INT time becomes longer as the number of digestion rounds by the jackpot with a relatively high degree of advantage increases.

(9-2. Specific Example 4: FIGS. 18 and 19)
Next, a modification (specific example 4) of the above-described third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In addition, about the content substantially the same as the content of the above-mentioned specific example 3, it abbreviate | omits and demonstrates suitably, in order to avoid redundant description.

  Referring to FIG. 18, the big hit type of the fourth example (specific example 4) is the big hit type on the special figure 2 side of the above third example (FIG. "2R probable big hit" is added. Each INT is as shown in FIG.

  Here, the relationship of the advantage of each big hit according to the present example 4 is different between the case where the above “Runt” is handled and the case where the above “extension rate ER” is handled. When handling "Runt", paying particular attention to the big hit relationship on the special figure 2 side, and following the same rule (gaming state type priority determination method) as in the above-described specific example 3, "Special figure 2 side 5R time saving A big hit" <Special figure 2 side 2R probability variable hit <Special figure 2 side 5R probability variable hit <Special figure 2 side 10R probability variable hit> The reason is that when dealing with the INT time “Runt”, attention should be paid to the probability-variable big hit on the special figure 2 side, which is the long hit for the extended holiday, that is, the big hit type that most affects the rise of the base value. On the other hand, when dealing with the above “extension rate ER”, the relationship of the advantage of each big hit is set as “2R probability big hit <5R hourly short A big hit <5R certain big hit <10R certain big hit” according to the above-mentioned payout number priority determination method. deal with. As described above, when different indices (INT time Runt and extension rate ER) are handled, it is preferable to employ an appropriate method for determining the degree of advantage and to effectively utilize each index.

  First, a description will be given of a hit-medium effect related to the 2R-probable change of the special figure 2 side of the fourth example. Since the special figure 2 side 2R probability change is a big hit in which a round game as small as two rounds is executed, the start INT and the end INT are the shortest among all the big hits. As a result, in the special figure 2 side 2R probable change, the production amount of the hit middle production is the smallest, and in the OP production, the "normal blessing production" and the "right-handed suggestion production" that notify the winning of the special figure 2 side 2R probable change Are sequentially displayed, and for the effect during the round game and during the R-to-R INT, a predetermined movie effect for the 2R certainty change on the special figure 2 side is displayed. Further, as for the ED effect, a “destination game state suggestion effect” and a “probable change transition standby screen” appear sequentially (the acquired ball number notification effect does not appear).

  FIG. 19 shows a model case (patterns 1 to 5) of the extended-run jackpot state in the fourth example according to the fourth embodiment. Each of the illustrated patterns 1 to 5 shows the extended-casing case when the total number of digested lands reaches 20 rounds. Specifically, the pattern 1 is a case where the special figure 2 side 2R probability change is 10 consecutive villas, the pattern 2 is a case where the special figure 2 side 2R probability change is 5 villas and the special figure 2 side 5R probability change is 2 villas, Pattern 3 is the case where the special figure 2 side 2R probability change is 5 consecutive and the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won once. Pattern 4 is the case where the special figure 2 side 5R probability change is 2 series and the special figure 2 side 10R probability change. The case of winning once, pattern 5, shows the case where the 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side is doubled. Note that the order of winning of any of the patterns is out of order.

In the case of the fourth example, “Runt” of each big hit on the special figure 2 side is as follows.
Runt of 7R for 5R hours on special figure 2 side = 7500ms (37500ms ÷ 5),
Runt of 2R probability change of Tokuzu 2 side = 9500 ms (19000 ms ÷ 2),
Runt of 5R sure change of Tokuzu 2 side = 9600ms (48000ms ÷ 5),
Runt of 10R probability change of Tokuzu 2 side = 9850 ms (98500 ms / 10).

  As described above, the relationship of “Runt” at each big hit on the special figure 2 side is “5R time saving A (minimum advantage) of the special figure 2 side <2R probability change of the special figure 2 <5R probability change of the special figure 2 side <special figure 2 side 10R certainty change (highest degree of advantage) ". In the case of the specific example 4, similarly to the specific example 3, the total INT time becomes longer as the number of digestion rounds due to the jackpot having a relatively high degree of advantage among the total digestion round numbers (Rtal) increases. In the case of the patterns 1 to 5 shown in FIG. 19, as shown in the drawing, the ratio of the number of digestion rounds due to the jackpot having a relatively high degree of advantage increases in the order of patterns 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, The relationship of the length of the INT time is “pattern 1 (shortest) <pattern 2 <pattern 3 <pattern 4 <pattern 5 (longest)” (for example, a column of the total INT time when digesting 10R and 20R shown in FIG. 19). reference). In addition, when the time saving big hit intervenes (when the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A win is interposed), the relationship of the total INT time length is the same.

(9-3. Specific Example 5: FIGS. 20 and 21)
Next, a specific example 5 (this example 5) will be described with reference to FIGS. The fifth embodiment exemplifies a case in which the above-described extended villa pattern of the fourth embodiment is considered including the symbol variation display game execution period at the time of winning the big hit, that is, the variation time related to the variation pattern. Note that, in the fifth embodiment, descriptions that are substantially the same as the contents of the fourth embodiment will be appropriately omitted to avoid redundant description.

  FIG. 20 (A) shows an example of the variation time according to the variation pattern at the time of winning the probability variation big hit (2R probability variation, 5R probability variation, 10R probability variation) on the special figure 2 side, and FIG. It shows an example of the selectivity of a variation pattern. Note that the variation pattern in FIG. 20A typically shows a variation pattern relating to the shortest variation time and the longest variation time, but more precisely, a plurality of types of variation patterns defining various variation times are provided. Have been. The average fluctuation time is an average fluctuation time calculated based on the selectivity shown in FIG.

FIG. 21 shows the total elapsed time when the variable time is taken into account for each of the extended patterns (patterns 1 to 5) shown in FIG. 19 (Example 4 above). Here, the “total elapsed time” is defined as “the execution period (variation time) of the symbol variation display game at the time of winning a big hit and the total INT time related to the big hit game” when a certain big hit is won. The elapsed time Pt "is a value obtained by summing the elapsed times Pt relating to all the jackpots relating to the extended villa. For example, in the case of the pattern 2 (see FIG. 19), since the special figure 2 side 2R probability change is 5 stations and the special figure 2 side 5R probability change is 2 stations, for example, the fluctuation patterns at the time of winning all have the shortest fluctuation time. If so, the total elapsed time is calculated as follows.
(Ζ) The total elapsed time related to the winning of the special map 2 side 2R probability change is
Elapsed time Pt1 "shortest fluctuation time 20,000 ms + 19000 ms (during probable change)" x 5 stations = 195000 ms (total fluctuation time 100,000 ms, total INT 95,000 ms)
(Η) The total elapsed time related to the winning of the special map 2 side 5R probability change is
Elapsed time Pt2 "shortest fluctuation time 75000 ms + 48000 ms (during probable change)" x 2 stations = 246000 ms (total fluctuation time 150,000 ms, total INT 96000 ms)
And the total elapsed time of pattern 2 ((ζ) + (η)) is
“195000 ms + 246000 ms” = 441000 ms (see the pattern 2 column in FIG. 21A).

  In the presence of the electric support state, the operation-holding ball can be generated at a high frequency. Therefore, the operation-holding ball is treated as always present, and the time required to hold the operation-holding ball is ignored. In addition, here, the case of the loss winning is excluded, but this is because, as a model case in which the base value greatly increases, a case is assumed in which a case where continuous winning is performed without the loss is handled ( The same applies to pattern 1 and patterns 3 to 5).

  FIG. 21 shows a list summarizing the total fluctuation time, the total INT time, and the total elapsed time calculated as described above. FIGS. 21 (A) to 21 (C) each show a case in which the variation pattern with the shortest variation time is selected, a case in which the variation pattern with the average variation time is selected, and a case in which all the variation patterns with the longest variation time are selected. 9 shows a case where a fluctuation pattern is selected. The “case of average fluctuation time” shown in FIG. 7B is the most supposed model case in normal game progress.

  Patterns 6 to 8 in FIG. 6D show “Rtal = 10R (the number of round games corresponding to the least common multiple of the number of rounds for each big hit) for the 2R probability change, 5R probability change, and 10R probability change big hit on the special figure 2 side. The total fluctuation time, the total INT time, and the total elapsed time are shown assuming a case where the minutes are consumed only by the big hit.

  The characteristic part of Example 5 is that, when Rtal = N (round), the total elapsed time until Rtal = N is reached (variable time during extended holidays + total INT time during extended holidays (single-shot is also regarded as extended holidays). )), But the longer the larger the big hit is included. This point is as shown in FIGS. 21 (A) to 21 (C) upon digestion with “Rtal = 20R” and FIG. 21 (D) upon digestion with “Rtal = 10R”.

  According to the fifth embodiment, the suitability of the type test can be improved by setting the total elapsed time to be relatively long as the number of jackpots having relatively high advantages is included. Conversely, the greater the number of jackpots with relatively low advantages, the shorter the total elapsed time is, so that the feeling of speed at the time of extended play is increased, that is, the feeling of throwing out is not impaired. Can be. In this way, by devising the variation pattern (variation time) of each big hit and the selectivity thereof, the same operation and effect as those of the third and fourth examples described above, that is, in the case of the low advantage big hit, Although the number of balls is small, the speed at which balls are obtained is improved and the feeling of balls is increased. On the other hand, in the case of a high-impact big hit, many balls can be obtained, but the speed of obtaining balls is slowed and the increase in the base value is suppressed (model test It is possible to provide a well-balanced gaming machine.

The present invention may be configured as in the following (K) to (N).
(K) The total elapsed time of at least the big win of the highest advantage (in this example, the 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side) may be configured to be longer than other big hits. (L) At least the minimum advantage of the big hit (in this example, the 2R probability change on the special figure 2 side) may be configured such that the total elapsed time is shorter than the other big hits. (M) The fluctuation time is not limited to the fluctuation time and / or the selectivity shown in FIG. 20 as long as the object of the present invention can be achieved, and can be appropriately determined. For example, in FIG. 20, the relationship between the shortest, longest, and average fluctuation times is “2R probability change on special figure 2 side <5R probability change on special figure 2 side <10R probability change on special figure 2 side”, but is not limited to this relationship. , The shortest, the longest, and the average fluctuation time may be partially the same, or “5R probability change on special figure 2 side <2R probability change on special figure 2 <10R probability change on special figure 2 side”, Some relationships may be reversed. (N) Also, as one index, Rtal (total digestion round number) is the total elapsed time (when fluctuating time is taken into account) and / or the total INT time until digesting the least common multiple of the maximum round number for each jackpot. (In the case where the fluctuation time is not taken into consideration), a big hit with a relatively high advantage may take a long time (a big hit with a relatively low advantage has a short time). The same applies to patterns). In the case of Example 5, as shown in FIG. 21D, the total elapsed time and / or the total INT time is “2R probability change of special figure 2 side (low advantage) <5R probability change of special figure 2 side <10R of special figure 2 side Probable variation (high advantage) ".

  In the present embodiment, the jackpot for the extended holiday has been described as the jackpot type on the special figure 2 side. However, depending on the game state (normal, time saving, probable change, or depending on the latency, or depending on the presence or absence of electric support) T) When there is no advantage or disadvantage depending on how to hit (right strike / left strike) or when there is almost no difference in advantage (when there is substantially no disadvantage to the player in either strike method) ), The jackpot for the first hit and the jackpot for the consecutive villas do not distinguish between the special figure 1 side and the special figure 2 side, and the values of the degree of advantage, extension rate ER, RUNT, various INT times, etc. It should be taken into account. In addition, there is no advantage in how to hit according to the game state, but in the state without electric power support, the special figure 1 starting port (for example, upper starting port 34) wins and the special figure 2 side starting port (for example, lower Although it is difficult or impossible to win a prize at the starting port 35), a game in which a prize is frequently generated in the special figure 2 side starting port (lower starting port 35) due to a general-purpose opening game in a state with power support. In the case of a machine, the initial hit target jackpot is the jackpot type on the special figure 1 side, and the extended hit target jackpot is the special jackpot type on the special figure 2 side, taking into account the values of the degree of advantage, extension rate ER, RUNT, various INT times, etc. Good.

[Second embodiment]
Next, a second embodiment according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
<Examples 1 to 4: FIGS. 22 to 25>
FIGS. 22 to 25 are explanatory diagrams for explaining Examples 1 to 4 according to the second embodiment. Among them, the first embodiment (FIGS. 22A to 22E) is in a normal state, and the second embodiment (FIGS. 23A to 23E) is in a probable change state. And the transition of the notice effect are shown over time. The third embodiment (FIGS. 24A to 24E) shows the transition of the game state and the transition of the announcement effect when the "probable change big hit" is won in the probable change state with the passage of time, and the fourth embodiment (FIG. 25A). -E) show the transition of the game state and the transition of the notice effect when the "time saving big hit" is won in the probable change state over time.

  In the first to fourth embodiments, as the “game state”, a normal state (low probability / without electric support / special figure, normal figure fluctuation) and a probable change state (high probability / electric support with state / special figure, (There is a daily fluctuation). In addition, regarding the “production”, the production flow (summary of various productions appearing during the design fluctuation display game: summary of production scenario), liquid crystal production (image display production), movable body (movable body production), decorative design (decoration) The effects of the pattern (the effect of the symbol) and the mini-design (the effect of the fourth symbol) are not shown (the items relating to the light effect and the sound effect are not shown). 39b), the right-handed display (right-suggested presentation effect), the right-handed notification lamp (display mode of the right-handed display device 39b), and the launching direction (left) (Right / Right).

<Example 1: FIGS. 22A to 22E>
FIG. 22A to FIG. 22E show, as the first embodiment, in the “normal state” (low probability, no power support / variation of special figure and ordinary figure), a jackpot lottery is performed. This shows the transition of the game state and the transition of the effect system with the lapse of time in the case of winning the “10R probability variable big hit” ”or the“ time saving big hit (for example, the time saving A big hit, the time saving B big hit) ”. Among them, the first FIG. 22A shows an example for comparison (hereinafter, referred to as “Comparative Example 1”), and the remaining FIGS. 22B to 22E show specific examples 1 to 4 of the second embodiment (hereinafter, this Example 1). , Example 2..., Example 4).

  In the first embodiment (FIGS. 22A to 22E), the big hit types (winning types) shown in FIG. In other words, this is a specific example applicable to any of the jackpot types shown in FIG. In the first embodiment, since the winning in the normal state is handled, the big hit type related to the “special figure 1” that is the target of the “first hit” is mainly targeted. Note that the first embodiment (FIGS. 22A to 22E) can also be applied to a latent big hit type that is a trigger for shifting to a latent state (not shown), and there is no particular limitation on the big hit type (described later). The same applies to the embodiments of FIGS. Also, in the first embodiment (FIGS. 22A to 22E), the production flow (production scenario) relating to the SPSP reach type is typically handled. However, it may be applied to the SP reach type, or only the specific reach type. The reach type to be applied can be determined as appropriate (the same applies to the embodiments of FIGS. 23 to 25 described later).

(1) Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A)
In the normal state, when a big hit is won, in the comparative example 1 (FIG. 22A), the effect flow proceeds as described below. Here, since the case where the big hit is won is described, the fluctuation pattern according to the special figure deals with the hit reach fluctuation pattern. Note that the jackpot type described below is not particularly limited to a particular jackpot.

(A) Elapsed time 0 s to 24 s (0 s ≦ time t <24 s): pre-SP-reach stage Referring to FIG. 22A, when the symbol variation display game is started (time 0 s), the production flow (production scenario) From “high-speed fluctuation (variation display in high-speed fluctuation state)” (elapsed times 0 s to 15 s), reach fluctuation (elapsed time 15 s to 24 s) is changed. During the period of “high-speed fluctuation” (time 0 s to 15 s), the decorative pattern is displayed on the liquid crystal screen after the high-speed fluctuation display is continued for a predetermined time, and then the left symbol is temporarily stopped and then the right symbol is temporarily stopped. (For example, the left symbol and the right symbol are shifted from the high-speed change state to the low-speed change state, and are temporarily temporarily stopped in sequence) to form a reach state (for example, “8 ↓ 8”) (time 15s to 18s). During the reach fluctuation period (time 15 s to 24 s), the left symbol and the right symbol maintain the reach state, and the middle symbol, for example, fosters SP reach development effects such as rocking, scaling, or deformation display. Performing (time 18s to 24s), a reach effect appears that fuels the development of SP reach. The reach change performed in the initial stage is an “N reach” change. In the present embodiment, the SP reach or the SPSP reach is shifted (executed) after passing through the N reach change. ing. Before the reach state is formed, various announcement effects (advance effect related to the reach variation pattern) appear as the liquid crystal effect (effect display) (time 0s to 18s). Note that the "mini design" on the liquid crystal screen is in a high-speed change state (during display), the special design (special figure segment) on the special design display device is also in a change state (during display), The “display” is not displayed, and the “right-handed notification lamp” is not lit, that is, indicates an instruction state of “left-handed”.

(B) Elapsed time 24 s to 42 s (24 s ≦ time t <42 s): SP reach stage The effect flow shifts to “SP reach” (time 24 s to 42 s), and as a liquid crystal effect, during this SP reach, for example, a so-called “ A notice effect such as "cut-in notice" (cut-in notice during SP reach) is generated, and thereafter, a development effect indicating the possibility of development to SPSP reach appears. The "cut-in notice" is provided with a plurality of types of cut-in notices corresponding to the winning expectation. For example, different characters A (high expectation), B (medium expectation), C (low expectation). The cut-in notice with a higher expectation of winning wins the expectation of winning a jackpot, in other words, the expectation of developing SPSP reach described later increases. In the case of a losing, the losing is notified as a game result without developing into the SPSP reach in the development effect, and the present symbol variation display game ends. In addition, even if the big hit is won, if the production content (production scenario) ends in the SP reach without developing into the SPSP reach, the big hit is announced in the developed production.

  Also, at the start of the SP reach, the evacuation display area (the “upper right / upper left” shown in the figure) of the upper right corner or the upper left corner of the liquid crystal screen so that the decorative pattern in the reach state does not hinder other effects. Notation) and the like, and the change state is displayed in the save display area. This evacuation display area is a display area smaller than the display area of a normal decorative symbol, and in the case of the present embodiment, is much smaller than the display area of one decorative symbol shown in FIG. For example, assuming that the area of the display area of one normal decorative pattern is Y and the area of the retreat display area is X, Y / 10 ≦ X ≦ Y / 5. In the case of the present embodiment, the “mini design” is not changed to the retracted display, and the variable display is continued at the initial position. The display may be changed in size.

(C) Elapsed times 42 s to 135 s (42 s ≦ time t <135 s): SPSP reach (developed SP reach) stage The effect flow shifts from SP reach to “SPSP reach” (time 42 s to 135 s). Directly, it is developed into the above-mentioned advanced SP reach (SPSP reach). When the liquid crystal effect is in SPSP reach, the development effect generated during SP reach is displayed for 3 seconds, and then “cut-in notice” is continued for a certain period of time (time 45 s to 57 s), and the player ends. It changes to a participatory effect "hit button effect" (time 57s to 69s). The "hit button effect" is an effect for informing the result of the current symbol variation display game (the jackpot lottery result). For example, an operation instruction effect of "press a button!" Appears, and the operation instruction effect is displayed. This is an effect mode in which the game result is notified when the player presses the effect button 13 or when the operation validity period elapses. Note that the “cut-in notice” here is a cut-in notice during SPSP reach, but in the same manner as the cut-in notice during SP reach described above, a plurality of types of cut-in notices according to the winning expectation are provided. I have. For example, there are different characters D (high expectation), E (medium expectation), and F (low expectation) that are used for the notice display.

  When the hit button effect ends, the liquid crystal effect shifts to “movable body appearance effect” (time 69 s to 87 s), “rainbow flash” (time 87 s to 105 s), and “winning effect” (time 105 s to 135 s). Go. The “movable object appearance effect” is an effect that fuels whether or not a movable object effect appears. Here, since the jackpot hit is handled, after the hit button effect, the movable body effect appears in the later-described movable body appearance effect (time 69s to 87s), but in the case of a loss, the movable body effect appears. Instead, the decorative pattern corresponding to the loss is stopped and displayed, and the current game ends. "Rainbow Flash" is a flashy production that definitively informs you that you have won a big hit. For example, the LCD screen flashes in rainbow colors, and the effect LED (not shown) develops in rainbow colors, causing an explosion. Special sound effects such as sound are generated. The “winning effect” is an effect that definitively informs that a big hit has been won, as in the case of the rainbow flash. Here, a predetermined display mode in which the decorative pattern indicates the big hit, for example, a seven-pattern set The combination of decorative patterns is displayed (winning display). However, the decorative symbol displayed at this stage is displayed in a temporary stop display state (for example, a swing fluctuation display state). The final combination of decorative symbols is stopped (fixed display) via a “promotion effect” described later.

  During the period in which the “movable body appearance effect” occurs, as a movable body effect, for example, a movable body role (flower-shaped role) 90 (first movable body 91 (flower-shaped portion 91) and a second movable body 92 (arm) 92)) is a period in which a predetermined operation (for example, a swing operation) is performed, that is, a period in which “first movable body + second movable body appears” in FIG. 22A is performed. The period during which the “rainbow flash” occurs (time 87 s to 102 s) is a period during which “the first movable body + the second movable body is stopped”. In the “first movable body + second movable body stop” period, as the movable body effect, for example, the first movable body 92 is stopped at the position indicated by the broken line in FIG. A flashy movable body effect in which the flower-shaped portion 91 of the movable body rotates and develops a rainbow color is performed. During the period from the “movable object appearance effect” to the “rainbow flash” (time 69 s to 105 s), the decorative pattern is not displayed on the liquid crystal screen but is “not displayed”. The decorative symbols are displayed during the period in which the “winning effect” occurs (at least during the period in which the symbols are determined). Also, during this period, the mini symbols are not hidden and the high-speed fluctuation display is continued as it is.

  When the "rainbow flash" occurs and the player is definitely notified that the big hit has been won, a winning effect occurs (time 105s to 135s). During the period in which the winning effect occurs, a reciprocating operation is performed in which the first movable body 91 and the second movable body 92 are returned to the initial positions as the movable body effect (time 105s to 120s), and the decorative pattern is displayed on the liquid crystal screen. Also, the winning display (display mode indicating the big hit winning) is performed with all the symbols aligned (time 105s to 135s). Here, as the winning display of the decorative symbol, the above-mentioned chance symbol (for example, even-numbered symbols) or a probable variable symbol (for example, odd-shaped symbols) is displayed in a temporary stop display state. When a probable variable symbol (for example, an odd symbol array) is temporarily stopped and displayed, there is no fall to a chance symbol (even number symbol) in the promotion effect described later, and the probable variable symbol is always maintained.

(D) Elapsed times 135 s to 159 s (135 s ≦ time t <159 s): promotion effect execution stage The effect flow shifts from SPSP reach to “promotion effect” (time 135 s to 159 s), and thereafter “design confirmation”. (Times 159 s to 165 s).

  This "promotion effect" (time 135s to 159s) is an effect to notify whether or not the decorative symbol is promoted from the chance symbol (even number symbol) to the surely changing symbol (odd symbol symbol) on the liquid crystal screen. It is a production that belongs to the participatory production. In the promotion effect, first, the reception of the operation of the effect button 13 becomes effective for a predetermined time, and a “button effect” (for example, displaying a button image on a liquid crystal screen) prompting the button operation appears (at time 135 s to time 135). 144s). If the player operates the production button 13 within the valid reception period of this button operation, or if the valid reception period has elapsed, and if the jackpot won this time is “probably variable jackpot” as a production result, “promotion” "Success" is reported, and if it is "hour saving big hit", "promotion failure" is reported (result report: time 144s to 150s). Until the result is announced, the decoration design keeps the evacuation display, displays the swing fluctuation display, or displays the low-speed fluctuation display. In the case of successful promotion, the design is changed from a chance design to a positive change design (odd number design). The winning display for promotion is made (probable variable design promotion: time 150s to 159s). On the other hand, in the case of promotion failure, the symbol promotion is not performed, and the chance symbol is continuously displayed as it is. In the promotion effect, a movable body effect may be performed. For example, in the case of successful promotion, the numeric sector is rainbow colored (emission color corresponding to the successful promotion) while rotating the clock hand 82 of the clock-type accessory 80 at high speed. ), Or a rainbow color while rotating the flower portion 91 of the flower-shaped accessory 90 at a high speed. In addition, during the promotion effect, the decorative symbol may be hidden, and at least the mini symbol may be in a display state (high-speed variable display) corresponding to the variable display operation of the decorative symbol (here, changing). The same applies to the examples).

In addition, as the content of the promotion effect, the effect is to notify the promotion of the change from the time saving big hit to the certain variable hit, but the present invention is not limited to this. The effect of the promotion system may have the following effect depending on the type of jackpot provided in the gaming machine. For example,
(A) Normal jackpot (first hit), which indicates the possibility of both a normal jackpot (first hit: not shown) that triggers a transition to the normal state and a probability variable hit or a time saving big hit (second hit). Directed to a probable big hit or a time saving big hit (second hit).
(B) In the case of winning in the probability change jackpot, the number of game balls that can be obtained during the jackpot game is relatively small (for example, the maximum number of rounds is small). The second probable big hit, which indicates that the number of game balls to be obtained is relatively large (the maximum number of rounds is large) and that both of the first probable big hits are possible, and the number of game balls that can be obtained during the big hit game is relatively small An effect of elevating from the (big hit with a small number of maximum rounds) to the first probable big hit (big hit with a large number of rounds) where the number of game balls that can be obtained during the big hit game is relatively large.
(C) In the case of winning the time savings jackpot, both the time savings jackpot with a relatively small number of time savings (second time savings jackpot) and the time savings jackpot with a relatively large number of time savings (first time savings jackpot) If possible, an effect of elevating from a time saving big hit (second time saving big hit) where the number of time savings is relatively small to a time saving big hit (first time saving big hit) where the number of time savings is relatively large.
In any case, if the promotion information indicates that there is a possibility of winning both a jackpot having a relatively low advantage and a jackpot having a relatively high advantage, the jackpot having a relatively high advantage is indicated. Can be made to inform (suggest) that the game has been won.

(E) Elapsed times 159 s to 165 s (159 s ≦ time t <165 s): symbol determination stage After that, the effect flow proceeds to “symbol determination”, and the special figure (special figure segment) by the special symbol display device corresponds to the big hit type. The display is stopped in the stop display mode, for example, “7”, and “winning display (fixed display)” is performed. In addition, the decorative symbols are definitely displayed in a display mode according to the promotion effect result, and the mini symbols are also displayed by winning. In addition, as a liquid crystal effect, during the symbol confirmation period, the liquid crystal screen displays a “fixed screen” including a predetermined image display for notifying the big hit while displaying a temporary stop until the decorative symbol is fixedly displayed (fluctuation fluctuation). Is displayed. In addition, the above-mentioned “display mode according to the promotion effect result” regarding the decorative symbol is not a combination of the chance symbol or the probable variation symbol, or a combination of these symbols, but a character, item, or character display. There may be. However, at least the mini symbol is displayed with a winning in connection with a special symbol jackpot or a decoration stop symbol (chance symbol or probable variation symbol) (also in other embodiments described later (FIGS. 22B to 25)). Similar).

(About the fixed display period during the symbol fixed period)
In addition, in the drawing, for the sake of explanation, it is described that the special figure is stopped and displayed during the “symbol determination” period, but to be exact, the special figure (special figure segment) by the special symbol display device is determined. Until the display period (fixed display time) has come (until the fluctuation time has elapsed), the stop display is not performed, and the special figure is “fluctuating display”. Specifically, the final display time period (500 ms) is provided as a final display period in the latter half of the “symbol finalize” period of the effect flow, and when the final display period comes, the special figure is stopped (displayed). Display), and accordingly, the “decorative design” and the “mini design” displayed on the liquid crystal screen are also stopped (fixed display) (specific examples and comparative examples shown in FIGS. 22B to 25D to be described later). The same applies to For example, in the case of Comparative Example 1, the period from time 0 s to time 164.5 s is a period during which the special figure is changing, and the final display period comes from time 164.5 s, and the final display time (500 ms) is counted. During this period, the special figure is stopped (confirmed display) ("decorative design" and "mini design" are also confirmed and displayed at this stage). After the confirmation display time (500 ms) has elapsed, the present symbol variation display game is ended, and the game result is determined.

(F) Big hit game period After the symbols are determined, the gaming state shifts to the big hit game, and during the big hit game, the state is controlled to the “electric support no state + low probability state, special figure change display game cannot be executed” state. The configuration of the jackpot game period is as described above. In FIG. 22 (FIGS. 22A to 22E), only the start INT period (the “big hit start INT” column) in the big hit game period is shown (the same applies to FIGS. 23 to 25 described later). In addition, the start INT shown in FIG. 22 to FIG. 25 and the OP effect thereof are described in the concrete example 1 of the first embodiment (FIG. 6, FIG. 7 to FIG. 12, etc.) in order to facilitate understanding of the present invention. ) Will be described as modified as appropriate to simplified contents or contents according to the second embodiment.

  In the case of FIG. 22A (Comparative Example 1), at the start INT of the big hit game period (time 0 s to 18 s (the elapsed time at the end of the section of “15 s” is 18 s), the opening effect (OP effect) is determined on the liquid crystal screen. After the image has continued for a predetermined time (time 0 s to 6 s during the start INT), a sound of “Please right-click” by a sound generation device such as the speaker 46 is displayed on the liquid crystal screen together with a predetermined right-turned launch guidance notification image. (From time 6s during the start INT), and from the time of entering the start INT, the decorative symbol and the mini symbol are hidden, and a right-handed suggestion display (right-handed suggestion effect) is displayed. The start INT is the time point of time 183s from the start of the symbol change (the period of the symbol change display game (165s) + the start IN). (18s) = 183s) When the start INT ends, the process moves to the round game execution period, and the round game is repeatedly executed up to the maximum number of rounds, whereby the player can pay out many game balls in a short time. Receive.

  In the present embodiment, "right-handed" is advantageous during the big hit game, and it is recommended that right-handed be played during the big hit game due to the arrangement of the special winning opening 50 and the like. However, since the start INT is a period in which the round game has not been started yet, even if right-handed is started here, the game ball becomes almost dead (wasted ball). Since the lower starting port 35 and the general winning port 43 are provided downstream of the winning port 50, there is a possibility that these winning ports rarely win. Therefore, in order to prevent the occurrence of useless balls as much as possible, the player does not immediately start launching even if it hits a big hit, and usually confirms that the voice message "Please right-click" appears And start launching. Then, by the round game during the big hit game, the player acquires many game balls in a short time. When the final round game ends, the special winning opening is closed and the end INT is started. However, even during the end INT, some players stop launching in order to prevent the occurrence of useless balls.

<Relationship between accuracy rate of type test and interval period during big hit>
If the number of acquired balls is large due to the above-mentioned jackpot game, the precision of a type test such as a short-term test (1 hour) is deteriorated. In the type test (short-term test (1 hour), medium-term test (4 hours), long-term test (10 hours), etc.), each interval period (start INT, R-interval, end INT), which is the closing period of the winning port, is set. During the entire period of the big hit including this, the right hit is performed toward the big winning opening 50 located on the right side of the game board surface. Since these interval periods are periods in which the special winning opening is not open, the game balls launched during these periods become almost useless balls, and have the effect of reducing the number of balls, that is, the effect of lowering the base value. Will be. Therefore, as described above, if the interval period during the jackpot game is lengthened, the number of balls will be reduced (the speed of the balls during the big hit will be reduced), and it will be easier to match the model test (the match rate will be improved). Have a relationship.

  On the other hand, in an actual game, during a relatively long start INT or end INT of these interval periods, the player performs a so-called “stop hit” that stops the firing operation and suppresses the generation of invalid balls. it is conceivable that. By doing so, the generation of invalid balls is suppressed by the player hitting the gaming machine that conforms to the type test, that is, more balls can be obtained as much as no wasted balls, so that the player Is useful. Here, it is particularly noted that the precision of the type test can be maintained and the gambling (for example, a feeling of throwing out) can be enhanced.

  The present embodiment focuses on the relationship between the above-described type test conformance rate and the interval period during the big hit, and by increasing the time period of the interval period during the big hit, the base value is reduced to reduce the type test accuracy rate. In addition to securing the game, the gambling when playing the game is also maintained to a certain degree. In the present embodiment, in particular, paying attention to the “start INT” placed before the first round game start, the period of the start INT pretends that the symbol variation display game at the time of this big hit winning is continuing. It consists of a pseudo-fluctuation effect period (hereinafter referred to as “additional effect period”), followed by an “opening effect period (hereinafter, referred to as“ OP effect period ”in the present embodiment)”. The “producing period” is a section (a big hit game start concealing section) in which the production by the producing means is performed but the big hit gaming period is concealed in a production manner. Please output a voice message such as "Please," and set it as a section (big hit game decision notification section) in which an effect (big hit notification production) for definitely notifying that it is a big hit game period is executed. The hit notification effect is an effect that notifies that the first round game is about to be started (an effect related to the start of the first round game), in other words, that the opening of the special winning opening (opening / closing control) is started. (A production related to the start of the special winning opening opening and closing period).

  That is, in the additional effect period, a predetermined effect by the effect means (effect during pseudo fluctuation) is executed, but at this stage, it is not notified that the big hitting game period has yet to be entered (no definitive notification). Then, after reaching the OP effect period following this, by executing a jackpot notification effect (substantial hitting effect) by a voice message such as "Please right-click", it is determined that the big hit game period is in progress. To inform the player that the big hit is being played. According to the present embodiment, a part of the start INT period can be made to appear as if the player is in the symbol variation display game, so that even if the start INT is set to a long time, gambling can be improved ( It is possible to prevent the player from being given a feeling of delay) and to improve the accuracy of the type test. This is the point of the novelty of the present invention. In addition, the present embodiment is suitable in a case where it is not preferable to set the end INT to a long time because of the playability and the effect in terms of the effect of trying to make the start INT a long time. For example, there is a case where “interval R total INT or end INT <start INT”.

  Hereinafter, a specific example of the present invention (hereinafter, referred to as “present example”) will be described while focusing on the characteristic portions of the present invention while comparing with a “comparative example”.

(2) Example 1 (FIG. 22B)
Example 1 (FIG. 22B) is a specific example of the present invention in a case where a big hit is won in a normal state. The same applies to later-described Examples 2 to 4 (FIGS. 22C to 22E). It is substantially the same as the contents described in Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A) (contents related to items such as liquid crystal effect, movable object effect, decorative pattern, mini pattern, special segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc.). The contents will be omitted as appropriate to avoid redundant description.

  In the above-described comparative example 1 (FIG. 22A), under the normal state, the effect flow is “high-speed change → reach change → SP reach → SPSP reach → promotion effect → design confirmation”, and the big hit game is started. Then, as soon as the start INT relating to the big hit game period is started, the opening (OP effect period) is started.

  However, in the present example 1 (FIG. 22B), as the effect flow, “reach variation → SP reach → SPSP reach → design confirmation → effect within start INT (promotion effect (effect during additional effect period) → OP effect)” It follows the process. Example 1 is the same as Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A) up to “reach change → SP reach → SPSP reach”, but in this example 1 (FIG. 22B), the promotion effect comes after “design confirmation”. 22A is different from FIG. 22A in that the start INT starts from the point of “promotion effect” in FIG. 22A. In other words, in the start INT of the first example, an “additional effect period” is set as a previous stage (time 0 s to time 24 s during the start INT), and the “promotion effect” is inserted therein. As a later stage, an effect of executing a “big hit notification effect” that definitely notifies that a big hit game period is in effect during the “OP effect” period corresponding to the start INT in FIG. 22A (comparative example). This is a two-stage effect configuration in which a section (time 24s to 34s) continues. As shown in FIG. 22A, the start INT according to the first example starts at the end of the symbol determination (elapsed time 141s) and ends at the elapsed times 0s to 42s (after time 183s from the start of the symbol change). . That is, the end point of the start INT is the same as in the comparative example 1. The fact that the end point of the start INT (end of the start INT) is the same as that of Comparative Example 1 is common to all of FIGS. 22B to 22E (Examples 1 to 4).

  More specifically, a series of effect scenarios during the symbol variation display game according to Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A) is the first effect scenario (first half) during the symbol variation display game at the time of the big hit in the case of the present example 1. ) And a second effect scenario (second half) relating to at least a part of the start INT executed after the symbol variation display game is completed (the additional effect period). And the appearance is controlled. Therefore, the same effect flow as in Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. 22A proceeds over the additional effect period from the start of the symbol change to the start INT. The effect in the second effect scenario (promotion effect in the case of the first example), that is, the effect relating to the additional effect period is a part of the hit effect during the hit (see another specific example (described later). The same applies to Examples 2 to 14). Therefore, the promotion effect of the first example is a “promotion effect during a hit”, and the promotion effect of the comparative example 1 shown in FIG. 22A is a “promotion effect during a change” that appears during the symbol change display game. . In the case of displaying the “promotional promotion in a hit” according to the first example, for example, after the decorative symbol is confirmed and displayed with the chance symbol when the symbol is determined in the symbol variation display game, the promotion is performed during the start INT. If the game result is a probable big hit, an effect that informs the effect (promotion success effect) is presented, and if the game result is a time saving big hit, an effect that informs the effect (promotion failure effect) is presented. In the promotion effect during a hit, an effect that simulates the contents of the above-described changing promotion effect in a fluctuating manner may be produced. The effect appearance control method during the symbol change display game to the additional effect period may be any control method as long as the object of the present invention can be achieved. For example, a hit change pattern is selected, and the effect contents (effect scenario based on the change pattern designation command) related to the change pattern are determined as a series of effect contents to appear in the symbol change display game and the additional effect period. May appear during a period extending between the symbol variation display game period and the additional effect period.

  It should be noted that the promotion effect during the hit may be different from the promotion effect during the change. The promotion effect during the change focuses on "symbol promotion" on the premise of displaying decorative symbols such as conversion from chance symbols to positively changing symbols due to the nature of the effect that appears at the stage before the symbol confirmation display. In the promotion effect during the hit, while the decorative pattern is not displayed (see the item column of the decorative pattern of the promotion effect in FIG. 22B), “probable change GET!” And “probable change promotion!” Are displayed on the liquid crystal screen as successful effects. , Such as “one more time!”, The promotion display (bonus content promotion) without using the decorative symbol may be executed.

  As described above, even when the start INT is entered, the “promotion effect” is executed in the additional effect period without executing the “opening effect (big hit notification effect)” for notifying that a big hit has occurred immediately after the start INT. (See the column of time 0s to 21s during the start INT in FIG. 22B). In short, even when the start INT is started, the player is not immediately made aware that the big hit is being played, and the player is made aware of the big hit until the start of the opening effect. An additional effect period is provided as consciousness delay means for delaying the effect, and in this additional effect period, an effect mode (in the case of the first example, a promotion effect) that makes it appear as if the symbol change display game is being continued. (The same applies to other specific examples described later). As described above, the additional effect period is inserted into the start INT, and the start INT is composed of the additional effect period and the OP effect period. As a result, in the first example (FIG. 22B), the time length of the start INT is The length of the promotion effect (time 0 s to 24 s) is longer on the time axis than in the case of Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A). During this additional effect period, the game has actually entered the big hit game period, but since the player is conscious that the player is in the symbol variation display game, the start INT is set to be longer than in Comparative Example 1. However, the player can enjoy the game without feeling delayed. To add to this point, in the case of Comparative Example 1, the period from the start of the symbol variation display game at the time of winning the big hit to the start of the first round game is “165 seconds of the symbol variation display game period (variation time) +18 seconds of start INT”. (Refer to the elapsed time column in FIG. 22A). If this period is considered to be fixed, the start INT is extended and the symbol variation display game period is shortened accordingly. For example, it is effective in lowering the base value and increasing the precision of the gaming machine in the type test. However, reducing the period of the symbol variation display game (variation time) reduces the production time when the SPSP reach or the like appears, and results in impairing the degree of freedom of the announcement production during the game. In addition, if the start INT is simply set to a long time, the problem regarding the feeling of delay still remains. Therefore, as in the first embodiment, it is conceivable to use a simple player participation type (song selection effect) or a flashy effect, but such an effect configuration has a start INT of about several tens of seconds. High effectiveness in case. However, as in the present embodiment, at the start INT that is 40 seconds or longer, its effectiveness is poor, and further contrivance is required in production. Usually, if the player knows the start of the big hit game period, there is a desire to acquire a payout sooner, and the longer the start INT becomes, the more the irritability tends to increase rapidly. In any case, if the start INT is set to a long time in a dark cloud, the balance between the effect and the feeling of shooting out may be poor, and a problem may occur that the entertainment interest of the player is reduced.

  In view of such circumstances, in the present embodiment, the additional effect period (big hit game start concealment period) is created, and even if the big hit game period is entered, the present pattern variation display game continues in a staging manner. Pretend to be Then, after the additional effect period is over, the “big hit notification effect” is made to appear, and when the player is conscious that the symbol variation display game has ended, a situation is created in which the start INT has already been started. In this way, it is possible to make it appear as if the first round game has started in a short time after the symbol variation display game is completed. As a result, the balance between the appearance of the ball and the effect can be made appropriate.

  Such an effect is specified as an additional production period during the start INT without delaying the end point within the same symbol fluctuation time (the fluctuation time is the same fluctuation pattern), that is, one fluctuation of the same time period. This is obtained by adopting a configuration in which the start time of the start INT is extended forward on the time axis by inserting a period of the effect (in the case of the first example, the promotion effect). In addition, during the additional production period, as a liquid crystal production, a “promotion production (button production → result notification → bonus content promotion)” relating to the promotion of the profit state, in which the player is very interested, is displayed. I have. That is, various effects are performed in the additional effect period in which the big hit start INT is longer. Therefore, the player's attention is directed to these effects, and the player can be conscious of that the time length of the big hit INT has been extended, and can enjoy the game without giving a sense of incongruity in the game. The player recognizes that the big hit is in progress, leading to an “OP staging period” following the additional staging period, in which a “big hit notification staging” by a voice message such as “Please right-click” is executed. Because. For example, in the case of Example 1 shown in FIG. 22B, the jackpot notification effect is started a while after the OP effect period starts (after a predetermined time has elapsed). More specifically, during the OP effect period, after the symbol alignment display by the promotion effect (the post-promotion effect post symbol notification) is continuously displayed at least from time 24s to 30s (24s ≦ time t <30s) (the promotion effect post-promotion effect). During the symbol notification period), at the time of the arrival of the time 30s, a jackpot notification effect such as "Please right-turn" is started, and the player becomes conscious of the big hit. Therefore, in the case of this example, the start of the OP effect period is from time 24 s, but the start timing (time 30 s) of the jackpot notification effect that causes the player to recognize that it is during the jackpot period is substantially It may be determined as the beginning of the OP effect period (the same applies to other specific examples described later). After the additional effect period ends (time 24 s in this case), the big hit notification effect may be started when the OP effect period comes. In this case, the post-promotion effect winning symbol notification and the jackpot notification effect can be notified in an overlapping (simultaneous) manner.

  In the present embodiment (the examples in FIGS. 22 to 25), the following operation and effect can be obtained. In the type test, a right-handing operation is performed when the player enters the big hit game. Therefore, in the case of the present example 1, compared to the comparative example 1, an additional promotion period of “promotion performance” (time 0 s to 24 s) is performed. Only, the meaningless right-handed period becomes longer. In other words, since the avoidance period of the winning to the upper starting port 34 (hereinafter referred to as “winning avoidance period”) is started earlier than in the comparative example 1, the useless balls increase and the base value is reduced. . As a result, in Example 1, waste hitting increases compared to Comparative Example 1, and the payout speed decreases. That is, the base value can be relatively reduced. Therefore, compared with the comparative example 1 (FIG. 22A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test increases. Even if the player makes a right-handing operation from the start of the round game, the additional effect period is a launch under the low base state, and the payout speed is reduced in any case. By the way, in an actual game, it is conceivable that some of the players (expert players in the game) can detect the additional effect period earlier. Since such a player is considered to stop hitting during the start INT and eliminate the occurrence of useless balls, the number of throwout balls is reduced by the length of the start INT, and in practice, the number of balls is reduced. It is possible to exhibit a higher ball-out performance than the ball-out performance (ball-out rate) in the test. In this respect, there is an advantage for the player side, and a gaming machine having an appropriate gambling property can be provided.

(Modification of additional production period according to this embodiment)
In order to make the additional effect period act as the above “big hit game start concealment period”, it is preferable to configure the display mode of the decorative pattern belonging to the liquid crystal effect as follows (for other specific examples described later). The same). The variable display of the decorative symbol is determined during the symbol determination period (first effect scenario) (see the decorative symbol item (stop display) corresponding to the column of the effect flow “symbol fixed” shown in the figure), but is added. The visual effect period acts as the "big hit game start concealment period", in other words, the break between the end of the current symbol variation display game and the start of the big hit game (at the start of the start INT) is made difficult to understand in a direct manner. For this purpose, it is preferable that the final display state of the decorative symbol is completed in a short time by setting the final display time to be extremely short, for example, about 100 ms to 500 ms (at least ten milliseconds or at least one hundred milliseconds). . For example, assuming that the special symbol confirmation display time is extremely short, such as "128 ms", and the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed (confirmed display) only during this extremely short time, "128 ms", the symbol variation display game ends at this time. It is difficult to determine the boundary between the game and the start of the big hit game. Further, the fixed display time may be set to a different time width according to the gaming state. For example, it can be set to 500 ms in the normal state (game state with no power support), and 128 ms in the time saving state or the probable change state (game state with power support). Also, different times (for example, 300 ms for the time saving state and a probable changing state) between one game state with the power supporting state (for example, the time saving state) and another game state with the power supporting state (for example, the probable change state). May be 128 ms).

(Confirmation display during the decoration period of the decorative design)
In addition, regarding the display of the decorative symbol, a fixed display can be performed in the retreat display area while the retreat display is being performed. The reason is that if the decorative design is displayed on the liquid crystal screen on a large scale, it is clear that the finalized display has been made. In this case, as a liquid crystal effect relating to the notification period of the winning symbol using the winning symbol and other decorative symbols during the rendering, for example, while maintaining a small display state in the evacuation display area of the decorative symbol (visibility than usual) (Maintain a low state of discrimination), and display image effects (main winning display effects) such as displaying a large display such as "big hit!" Is preferred. In other words, the main winning display effect acts as a "distraction effect" that distracts the player's attention from the display of the decorative symbols, and has an effect of making it difficult to detect that the gaming state has entered the big hit game. More preferably, during a predetermined period including at least “fixed display period”, for example, in each of the specific examples shown in FIGS. 22 to 25, a period including at least “stop display”, or “winning display” and “stop display” Is hidden in a period including (for example, FIG. 23B described later), the decorative symbol is hidden at the timing of the evacuation display, and is not displayed from the evacuation display for a predetermined period until the end of the symbol variation display game. be able to. Note that the display state of the decorative symbol is notified by the mini symbol even if the decorative symbol itself is not displayed.

(About special map, mini design, right-handed notification lamp, etc. during additional production period)
Since the additional production period (here, the promotion production period) is already in the big hit game period (see the big hit start INT column in FIG. 22B), the decorative symbol and the mini symbol are hidden as shown in FIG. The figure shows a winning display (continuous display from the fixed display period), the right-handed notification lamp is turned on, and the launching direction is right-handed (the same applies to other specific examples described later). However, since the present example 1 is “winning during the normal state”, the “right-suggest suggestion display” of the launch direction is not yet performed on the liquid crystal screen at the stage of the promotion effect (time 0 s to 24 s), and the OP effect period Waiting for a predetermined middle timing (in this case, the timing of the time 27s), “right-handed suggestion display” is started. In addition, during the promotion effect period, a movable body effect may be performed, or a mini symbol and / or a decorative symbol may be displayed, which can be appropriately determined (the same applies to other specific examples described later). .

(3) Example 2 (FIG. 22C)
FIG. 22C shows, as Example 2, another specific example of the present invention in a case where a big hit is won in a normal state. The contents substantially the same as those in FIG. 22B will be omitted as appropriate to avoid redundant description (the same applies to FIGS. 22D to 22E described later).

  In the present example 2 (FIG. 22C), under the normal state, the production flow is “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → SP reach → SPSP reach first half → design confirmation → production within start INT (SPSP reach second half → promotion production)”. Has become. This effect flow is exactly the same as that in FIG. 22A (Comparative Example 1) up to “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → SP reach → SPSP reach first half”. However, at the start INT after “symbol confirmation”, “SPSP reach second half” 22A is different from that of FIG. 22A in that the “start promotion INT” starts from the middle of the SPSP reach of FIG. 22A. That is, in the start INT of Example 2, as the liquid crystal effect, “SPSP reach second half” is inserted in the first stage (time 0 s to 30 s), and “promotion effect” is inserted in the second stage (time 30 s to 54 s). This is a three-stage effect configuration in which an "OP effect period" (time 54s to 72s: corresponding to the start INT in FIG. 22A) follows as a third stage. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 22A (Comparative Example 1).

  As a result, in the present example 2 (FIG. 22C), the time length of the start INT is set as “additional effect (part of SPSP reach) + promotion effect” (time 0s ≦ time t <30s period + The period of time 30s ≦ time t <54s) is longer on the time axis than the case of FIG. 22A (Comparative Example 1). Many of the game balls launched during the start INT consisting of this additional effect period and the OP effect period that follows become useless balls, reducing the number of balls to be obtained during the entire period of the jackpot game, and reducing the ball-out speed ( Base value). In the case of the present example 2, compared to the comparative example 1, the meaningless right-handed period (winning avoidance period) is equivalent to the additional effect period “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” (time 0 s to 54 s). It becomes long and wasteful. Therefore, compared with the comparative example 1 (FIG. 22A), the compatibility of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, about the liquid crystal production, movable body production, decorative design, mini design, special figure seg, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc., performed during “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” (time 0s to 54s), It is as shown in the figure. In the drawing, the entire SPSP reach is separated by “SPSP reach first half” and “SPSP reach late second half” before and after the symbol is determined, but this is for convenience to facilitate understanding of the present invention. This shows the entire production contents (production scenario) of SPSP Reach separated into the first half and the second half. For example, the first half of SPSP reach (time 42 s to 111 s in the case of the second example) is a scenario of “land battle production” expressing an armored battle (tank battle) on land, and the second half of the SPSP reach (in the case of the second example, The effect content at the time of the big hit INT (time 0 s to 30 s) is a “finalized effect” scenario or the like for notifying the result of winning or losing the armored battle. Of course, in the first half and the second half, the production scenario does not always have a clear break in the production contents, such as the production of the land battle in the first half and the final production in the second half.

(4) Example 3 (FIG. 22D)
FIG. 22D shows, as Example 3, another specific example of the present invention in a case where a big hit is won in a normal state.

  In the third example (FIG. 22D), under the normal state, the effect flow is as follows: “High-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → SP reach → SPSP reach first half → symbol fixation → effect within the big hit start INT (middle to second half of SPSP reach first half → Promotion Direction → Opening Direction) ". Therefore, as an effect flow, the point where “the middle of the first half to the latter half of the SPSP reach” and the “promotion effect” are included as additional effect periods in the big hit start INT after “symbol confirmation”, that is, FIG. 22A FIG. 22A is different from FIG. 22A in that the big hit start INT starts in the middle of the SPSP reach. In other words, in the case of Example 3, as in the case of Example 2 (FIG. 22C), “part of SPSP reach” is inserted as the first stage in the additional production period at the beginning of the big hit INT. The “promotion effect” is inserted as two stages, and thereafter, the OP effect period continues as a third stage, which is three stages.

  However, the difference from the present example 2 (FIG. 22C) is that in the case of the present example 3 (FIG. 22D), the time span of the SPSP reach (time 0 s to 48 s during the start INT) entering the start INT is different from that of the present example 2. (Time 0 s to 30 s during the start INT) on the time axis, and during the SPSP reach, as a liquid crystal effect, a “rainbow flash” (time 0 s to 18s) and “winning effect” (time 18s to 48s) appear, and “first movable body + second movable body stop” and “first movable body” among appearance, stop, and return of movable body motion. + Return to second movable body "is performed. In detail, in Example 3, the symbol determination period is in the first half of the SPSP reach (for example, during the above-mentioned land battle production), and the big hit game period (start INT) is in the middle of the first half of the SPSP reach (midway of the land battle production). . In addition, since the SPSP reach decorative pattern is evacuated or hidden, it is difficult for players who are paying attention to liquid crystal effects and movable body effects to understand when the big hit game has started. Is available.

  In this example 3 (FIG. 22D), the time length of the start INT is equal to the additional production period of “the middle of the first half of the SPSP reach, the latter half + the promotion production” (time 0 s to 72 s) (FIG. 22A). It is longer forward on the time axis than in the case of Example 1). That is, in the case of the present example 3, the meaningless right-handed period (winning avoidance period) by the amount of the additional effect period “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” (time 0 s to 72 s) compared to the comparative example 1. ) Becomes longer and wasteful beating increases. Therefore, compared with the comparative example 1 (FIG. 22A), the compatibility of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, about the liquid crystal effect, movable object effect, decorative design, mini design, special figure seg, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during "SPSP reach second half + promotion effect" (time 0s to 72s), It is as shown in the figure.

(5) Example 4 (FIG. 22E)
FIG. 22E shows another specific example of the present invention as a fourth example in a case where a big hit is won in a normal state.

  In this example 4 (FIG. 22E), under the normal state, the effect flow is “reach variation → SP reach → midway in the first half of SPSP reach → pattern fixation → effect within the start INT (from the middle to the second half of the first half of SPSP reach → promotion) Production → OP production) ”. Therefore, as the effect flow, the point at which “SPSP reach first halfway to the latter half” and “promotion effect” are included in the start INT after “pattern confirmation”, that is, the start INT starts from the middle of SPSP reach of FIG. 22A. This is different from FIG. 22A in that In other words, in the case of the present example 4, as in the case of the present example 2 (FIG. 22C) and the present example 3 (FIG. 22D), “SPSP reach one A "stage" is inserted, a "promotion effect" is inserted as a second stage, and thereafter, an OP effect period is continued as a third stage.

  However, in the case of the present example 4, the time length of the SPSP reach (time 0 s to 66 s of the start INT) entering the start INT is longer than that of the example 3 (FIG. 22D), and during this period, As liquid crystal effects, “moving object appearance effect” (time 0s to 18s), “rainbow flash” (time 18s to 36s) and “winning effect” (time 36s to 66s) appear, Of "stop and return", "appearance of first movable body + second movable body", "stop of first movable body + second movable body", and "return of first movable body + second movable body" are performed. The “movable body appearance effect” and the “first movable body + second movable body appearance” are started from the start of the symbol determination (time 69s).

  In the present example 4 (FIG. 22E), the time length of the start INT is the additional effect period “the middle of the first half of the SPSP reach-the latter half + promotion effect” (time 0 s to 90 s) (FIG. 22A). It is longer forward on the time axis than in the case of Example 1). That is, in the case of the present example 4, as compared with the comparative example 1, the meaningless right-handed period (winning) for an additional effect period “part of SPSP reach + promotion effect” (time 0 s to 90 s). Avoidance period) and wasteful strikes increase. Therefore, compared with the comparative example 1 (FIG. 22A), the compatibility of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, about the liquid crystal production, movable body production, decorative design, mini design, special figure seg, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during "SPSP reach second half + promotion effect" (time 0s to 90s), It is as shown in the figure.

  Among the comparative example 1 and the present examples 1 to 4, the relationship of the level of the decrease rate of the base value depends on the length of the additional effect period. Therefore, the relationship of the degree of decrease in the base value is “Comparative Example 1 <Example 1 <Example 2 <Example 3 <Example 4”. That is, Comparative Example 1 of FIG. 22A has the lowest compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test, and Example 4 has the highest compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test. In addition, in any of the examples, during the additional effect period, the game can be continued without being aware that the time length of the start INT is extended and without feeling uncomfortable in the game. In each example, the “right-handed suggestion display” is started at a predetermined timing during the OP effect period, but before the first round game starts (if the small hit, before the big winning opening is opened). Then, the right-handed suggestion display may be started at a predetermined timing during the start INT (for example, a specific timing during the start to the end during the additional effect period) (while the start INT is already in the hit game period). In).

<Example 2: FIGS. 23A to 23E>
Next, a second embodiment (FIGS. 23A to 23E) will be described. In the first embodiment described above, the case in which the “probably variable big hit or the time saving big hit” is won in the “normal state” has been described. However, FIGS. 23A to 23E of the second embodiment show “ It shows the transition of the game state and the transition of the effect system with the lapse of time in the case of winning the "big hit or time saving big hit". Under the probable change state, the electric support is present, and the launch direction is “right-handed”. 23A to 23E, the first FIG. 23A is an example for comparison (Comparative Example 2), and the remaining FIGS. 23B to 23E are specific examples 5 to 8 of the second embodiment (hereinafter, this Example 5). , This example is abbreviated as in Example 5). 22A to 22E will be omitted as appropriate in order to avoid redundant description.

  The type of the jackpot to be targeted in the second embodiment (FIGS. 23A to 23E) is based on the premise that the jackpot is currently in the “probable change state”. Be eligible. Note that the third embodiment (FIGS. 24A to 24D) and the fourth embodiment (FIGS. 25A to 25D) described later are also premised on being in the “probable change state” as in the second embodiment. The two big hits are eligible.

(1) Comparative Example 2 (FIG. 23A)
When a big hit is won in the probable change state (high probability / with power support), the effect flow proceeds as follows in Comparative Example 2 (FIG. 23A).

(A) Elapsed times 0 s to 24 s; N reach fluctuation stage Referring to FIG. 23A, the effect flow in the period of elapsed time 0 s to 24 s of Comparative Example 2 is the same as the effect flow of Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. "High-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation". The liquid crystal effect, the movable object effect, the decorative pattern, the mini pattern, and the special figure segment during the period of “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation” are the same as those in Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. 22A. However, since Comparative Example 2 is in the probable change state, the right-handed display on the liquid crystal screen indicates right-handed indication, the right-handed notification lamp is lit, and the launch direction instruction on the liquid crystal screen indicates right-handed.

(B) Elapsed times 24 s to 117 s: SPSP reach stage The effect flow shifts to “SPSP reach” (time 24 s to 117 s). Here, an example is shown in which the above-mentioned “direct hit SPSP reach” that directly develops into SPSP reach without going through higher reach such as SP reach from reach fluctuation (N reach) is shown. The shift to "SPSP reach" without going through SP reach will greatly increase the expectation of winning. During the SPSP reach, the liquid crystal display continues the reach display for a short time (time 24 s to 27 s) and then “cut-in notice” (time 24 s to 39 s) → “hit button effect” (time 39 s to 51 s). → “Movable body appearance effect” (time 51 s to 69 s) → “rainbow flash” (time 69 s to 87 s) → “winning effect” (time 87 s to 117 s).

  The period during which the “movable body appearance effect” (time 51 s to 69 s) occurs is a period during which the “first movable body + second movable body appearance” of the movable body effect is being performed, and the “rainbow flash (time 69 s to 87 s)”. )) Is generated during a period in which the “first movable body + second movable body stop” of the movable body effect is being performed, and a part of the “winning effect (time 87s to 117s)” (time 87s to 102s). Is a period during which the “first movable body + second movable body returns” of the movable body effect is performed. In addition, the decorative pattern is not displayed on the liquid crystal screen during the period of the rainbow flash from the movable body appearance effect, but is displayed in the period of the “winning effect”. From the stage of the winning effect, the decorative symbols that have been in the reach state are displayed in a winning state (a temporary stop display state) on the liquid crystal screen in a state in which chance symbols (possibly variable symbols) are aligned.

(C) Elapsed times 117 s to 141 s: promotion stage The production flow shifts from SPSP reach to “promotion stage” (time 117 s to 141 s), and then proceeds to “symbol determination” (time 141 s to 147 s). . When the process proceeds to “symbol determination”, “winning display” in which the special symbol display device stops and displays the special symbol in a display mode according to the type of big hit is performed. In addition, the decorative design is confirmed and displayed in a display mode of, for example, “777” of a probable variable design. As a liquid crystal effect, a hit confirmation screen is displayed on the liquid crystal screen, and a mini symbol is also displayed. As a result, the present symbol variation display game is ended, and the game result is determined. Until the “symbol confirmation” period (time 141s to 147s) elapses, the gaming state remains in the state with the electric support.

(E) Big hit game After the symbols are determined, a big hit game is executed. In the case of Comparative Example 2, as in Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. 22A, the start INT (time 0 s to 18 s) is a period of “OP effect”, and the fixed image slightly continues on the liquid crystal screen (time 0 s to 18 s). After 6s), a voice message "Please right-click" is played from the timing of time 6s.

(2) Example 5 (FIG. 23B)
Example 5 (FIG. 23B) is a specific example of the present invention in a case where a jackpot is won in the probability change state. The same applies to later-described Examples 6 to 8 (FIGS. 23C to 23E).

  The effect flow of Example 5 (FIG. 23B) is “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → SPSP reach → symbol determination → effect within start INT (promotion effect → OP effect)”. This is the same as the case of FIG. 22B (Example 1) except that the state immediately shifts to “SPSP reach” without going through SP reach.

  In Example 5 (FIG. 23B), as compared to FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2), “reach change → SPSP reach” is completely the same, but an additional effect period is inserted at the start INT, and the promotion effect is “ The point that is within the start INT after “symbol determination”, that is, from the point of the promotion effect of FIG. 23A (to be exact, the symbol is determined at the start of the promotion effect of FIG. 23A, and the start INT is after the symbol determination) It differs from FIG. 23A in that it has started. In other words, in the start INT of the fifth example (FIG. 23B), “promotion effect” is inserted as an additional effect period in the previous stage (time 0 s to 24 s), and “startup effect” is added as the subsequent stage (time 24 s to 42 s). The OP effect period in which the “big hit notification effect” is executed is continued. The fifth example (FIG. 23B) is common to the second example (FIG. 22C) in that it is configured in these two stages. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2).

  In the start INT of this example 5 (FIG. 23B), “promotion effect” is added before “OP effect”, and the time length of the start INT is an additional effect period “promotion effect” (during the start INT). The time from 0 s to 24 s) is longer on the time axis than the case of FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). That is, in the case of the present example 5, as compared with the comparative example 2, an insignificant right-handed period (winning avoidance period) by the additional promotion period “promotion effect” (time 0 s to 24 s during the start INT). ) Becomes longer and wasteful beating increases. Therefore, similarly to the events described with reference to FIGS. 22B to 22E, in Example 3, the compatibility of the gaming machine in the type test is higher than in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2).

  During the period of the symbol change display game in the probable change state or the time saving state, unlike the normal state, the state is “in the state with the electric support”. Therefore, the game balls launched during this time can frequently receive a prize in the lower starting port 35 due to the high probability of the opening of the normal electricity game, so that a decrease in the base value is hardly expected (for example, BA70). ~ 90). However, when a big hit is won, if the period of the symbol variation display game at the time of the winning is shortened and the start INT is lengthened, the period of the state without electric support (low base state) (the big hit game period is a low base state. If the start INT is started earlier, the gaming state can be quickly put under the state without the electric support, and the base in the extended-house state can be set. The value can be greatly reduced. Therefore, it can be said that the case where the effect of the configuration of the second embodiment (the introduction of the additional effect period) can be maximized is the case where the big hit is won in the state with the electric support.

  Returning to the description of FIG. 23B, in the fifth example (FIG. 23B), the period of the promotion effect of the start INT (time 0 s to 24 s), that is, the additional effect period is already in the big hit game period, so the mini symbol is not The display and the special figure of the special symbol display device are the winning display, the right strike notification lamp is lit, and the launch direction is right strike. In the stage of the promotion effect (time 0 s to 24 s), the right-handed suggestion display is not yet performed on the liquid crystal screen, and the right-handed suggestion display is started after the timing of the time 24 s.

(3) Example 6 (FIG. 23C)
Example 6 (FIG. 23C) is another specific example of the present invention in a case where a jackpot is won in the probability change state. In the following description of FIGS. 23C to 23E, the contents substantially the same as those in FIG. 23B will be omitted as appropriate in order to avoid redundant description.

  The effect flow of Example 6 (FIG. 23C) is “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → first half of SPSP reach → designation → effect within start INT (second half of SPSP reach → promotion effect → OP effect)”. This is the same as the case of FIG. 22C (Example 2) except that the state immediately shifts to “SPSP reach” without going through SP reach.

  Compared with the present example 5 (FIG. 23B), the present example 6 is completely the same as FIG. 23A up to “reach fluctuation → SP reach → SPSP reach first half”, but has additional information in the start INT after “symbol fixation”. 23A and FIG. 23B in that the “SPSP reach second half” and the “promotion effect” have come as the production period, that is, the start INT has started from the middle of the SPSP reach in Comparative Example 2 (FIG. 23A). Different. In other words, in the start INT of the sixth example, “SPSP reach second half” is inserted as the first stage (time 0 s to 30 s) in the additional effect period, and “promotion effect ( Bonus content promotion) ”is inserted, followed by an OP effect period (a period corresponding to the start INT in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2)) in which the jackpot notification effect is executed as the third stage. It has a configuration. The sixth example (FIG. 23C) is common to the second example (FIG. 22C) in that it is configured in these three stages. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). The relationship between Example 6 in which “SPSP reach second half” and “promotion effect” are included in the start INT and Example 5 (FIG. 23B) in which only “promotion effect” is included in the start INT has already been described. This is the same as the relationship between Example 2 (FIG. 22C) and Example 3 (FIG. 23D).

  As a result, in Example 6 (FIG. 23C), the time length of the start INT is equal to “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” (time 0 s to 54 s during the start INT), and the time length of FIG. It is longer on the time axis than on the case. In other words, the amount of uselessness is greater than that of the comparative example 2 by the part of the start INT “part of SPSP reach (second half) + promotion effect” (time 0 s to 51 s during the start INT). Therefore, compared with the comparative example 2 (FIG. 23A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test increases. In addition, a liquid crystal effect, a movable object effect, a decorative pattern, a mini pattern, a special figure seg, a right-handed display, a right-handed notification lamp performed during “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” (time 0s to 51s during the start INT) This is as shown in the figure.

(4) Example 7 (FIG. 23D)
Example 7 (FIG. 23D) is another specific example of the present invention in a case where a jackpot is won in the probability change state.

  The effect flow of Example 7 (FIG. 23D) is “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → first half of SPSP reach → designation → intra-start production (in the middle to second half of the first half of SPSP reach → promotion production → OP production)”. ing. Therefore, as the effect flow, the point that “the middle of the first half to the latter half of SPSP reach” and the “promotion effect” come as additional effect periods after the “symbol confirmation”, that is, in the case of Example 7, the start of the start INT In the additional stage, “part of SPSP reach” is inserted as the first stage, “promotion stage” is inserted as the second stage, and then, as the third stage, the jackpot notification stage is executed. The production stage has a three-stage production configuration in which the “production stage” continues. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). In these respects, it is the same as Example 6 (FIG. 23C).

  However, in the case of the present example 7 (FIG. 23D), the duration of the SPSP reach (time 0 s to 48 s during the start INT) entering the start INT period is equal to that of the example 6 (FIG. 23C) (during the start INT). The time is longer on the time axis than the time 0 s to 30 s), and during this period, as a liquid crystal effect, “rainbow flash” (time 0 s to 18 s during the start INT) and “winning effect” (start INT) (Time 18 s to 48 s) appears, and as the movable body effect, “first movable body + second movable body stop” and “first movable body + second movable body return” are performed (during start INT). At time 0s to 48s).

  In the present example 7 (FIG. 23D), the time length of the start INT is equal to that of FIG. 23A (Comparative example 2) by the additional production period “SPSP reach second half + promotion production” (time 0 s to 72 s). Is also longer forward on the time axis. That is, the amount of uselessness is increased by the amount of “the middle of the first half of the SPSP reach to the latter half + promotion effect” (time 0 s to 72 s). Therefore, compared with the comparative example 2 (FIG. 23A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test increases. In addition, during the "SPSP reach second half + promotion effect" (time 0s to 72s during the start INT), liquid crystal effect, movable object effect, decorative pattern, mini pattern, special figure segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp This is as shown in the figure.

(5) Example 8 (FIG. 23E)
Example 8 (FIG. 23E) is another specific example of the present invention in a case where a big hit is won in the probability change state.

  The effect flow of this example 8 (FIG. 23E) is “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → SP reach → SPSP reach first half → design fix → start INT production (in the middle to second half of SPSP reach first half → promotion production → OP production)” It has become. Therefore, as an effect flow, in the start INT after the “symbol determination”, “additional effect period during the first half to the latter half of SPSP reach” and “promotion effect” are inserted, that is, in Example 8 (FIG. In the case of 23E), “part of SPSP reach” is inserted as the first stage in the additional stage at the beginning of the start INT, and “promotion stage” is inserted as the second stage, and thereafter, as the third stage, This is the same as FIG. 23C and FIG. 23D in that there are three stages in which the “OP effect” in which the jackpot notification effect is executed continues. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2).

  However, in the case of the present example 8 (FIG. 23E), the time length of the SPSP reach that has entered the start INT (time 0 s to 66 s during the start INT) is on the time axis ahead of the example 7 (FIG. 23D). During this period, during this period, the liquid crystal effects include “movable object appearance effect” (time 0s to 18s during the start INT), “rainbow flash” (time 18s to 36s during the start INT) and “winning effect” (Times 36s to 66s during the start INT) appear. Further, “first movable body + second movable body appears”, “first movable body + second movable body stops”, and “first movable body + second movable body returns” are performed. The “movable body appearance effect” of the liquid crystal effect and the “first movable body + second movable body appearance” of the movable body effect are started from the time when the symbol is determined. In this point, the present example 8 (FIG. 23E) is different from the present example 7 (FIG. 23D). This relationship is the same as the relationship between Example 4 (FIG. 22E) and Example 3 (FIG. 22D) already described.

  In the present example 8 (FIG. 23E), the time length of the start INT is equal to the additional effect period of “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” (time 0 s to 90 s during the start INT) and FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). ) Is longer on the time axis in front than in the case of). That is, the amount of uselessness is increased by the amount of “the middle of the first half of SPSP reach to the latter half + promotion effect” (time 0 s to 90 s during the start INT). Therefore, compared with the comparative example 2 (FIG. 23A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test increases. In addition, during the "SPSP reach second half + promotion effect" (time 0s to 90s during the start INT), liquid crystal effect, movable object effect, decorative pattern, mini pattern, special figure segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp This is as shown in the figure.

  Among the comparative example 2 and the present examples 5 to 8, the relationship of the degree of decrease in the base value depends on the length of the additional effect period. Therefore, the relationship of the degree of decrease in the base value is “Comparative Example 2 <Example 5 <Example 6 <Example 7 <Example 8”. In other words, Comparative Example 2 of FIG. 23A has the lowest matching rate of the gaming machine in the type test, and Example 8 has the highest matching rate of the gaming machine in the type test. In addition, in any of the examples, during the additional effect period, the game can be continued without being aware that the time length of the start INT is extended and without feeling uncomfortable in the game. In each example, the “right-handed suggestion display” is started at a predetermined timing during the OP effect period, but before the first round game starts (if the small hit, before the big winning opening is opened). If so, the right-handed suggestion display may be started at a predetermined timing during the start INT (for example, a specific timing during the period from the start to the end during the additional effect period).

<Example 3: FIGS. 24A to 24D>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 24A to 24D, a description will be given of a case where a “probable change big hit” is won in the probable change state as a third embodiment.

  In the above first and second embodiments (the first to eighth embodiments), the case where there is a possibility of winning in either the large hit or the time saving big hit in the “normal state” or the “probable change state” has been described. On the other hand, in the third embodiment (FIGS. 24A to 24D), a case in which a winning is determined to be a certain-variable big hit as a big hit type.

  24A to 24D, the first FIG. 24A is a specific example for comparison (Comparative Example 3), and the remaining FIGS. 24B to 24D are specific examples 9 to 11 of the second embodiment (hereinafter, this example). 9, abbreviations as in Example 10 and Example 11). In the third embodiment, it is assumed that, for example, a case where a winning is achieved in a 5R probability changing jackpot or a 10R probability changing jackpot in the probability changing state.

(1) Comparative Example 3 (FIG. 24A)
In the case of winning in the probability change jackpot in the probability change state, the effect flow proceeds as follows in Comparative Example 3 (FIG. 24A).

(A) Elapsed time 0s to 24s: Stage before winning performance (reach fluctuation stage)
Referring to FIG. 24A, when the symbol variation display game is started (time 0 s), the effect flow (effect scenario) is changed from “high speed variation” (elapsed time 0 s to 15 s) to reach variation (elapsed time 15 s to 24 s). ). During the period of “high-speed fluctuation” (time 0 s to 15 s), the decorative pattern is displayed on the liquid crystal screen after the high-speed fluctuation display is continued for a predetermined time, and then the left symbol is temporarily stopped and then the right symbol is temporarily stopped. Thus, a reach state (for example, “8 ↓ 8”) is formed. During the reach fluctuation (N-reach fluctuation) period (elapsed times 15 s to 24 s), the middle symbol is displayed in a reach variation display such as, for example, enlarged or reduced or deformed display, while the left symbol and the right symbol maintain the reach display. Is performed, and a reach production that spurs development into SP reach is displayed. Also, before the reach state is formed, various announcement effects (advance effect relating to the reach variation pattern) appear as the liquid crystal effect. The “mini design” on the liquid crystal screen is in a high-speed change state, and the special design (special design segment) of the special design display device is also in a change state. The right-handed display on the liquid crystal screen indicates right-handed indication, and the right-handed notification lamp is turned on, that is, the launching direction instruction is instructing right-handed.

(B) Elapsed times 24 s to 36 s: winning effect stage The effect flow shifts from reach fluctuation to “winning effect” (time 24 s to 36 s). In Comparative Example 3 (this also applies to Examples 9 to 11 described later), when compared with FIG. 22 (Examples 1 to 4) and FIG. 23 (Examples 5 to 8), higher reach such as SP reach and SPSP reach is obtained. It is different in that it is suddenly shifting to "winning production" without passing through. Here, there is shown an example in which the above-mentioned “sudden hit” is adopted. The “sudden hit” according to the third embodiment (FIGS. 24A to 24D) occurs only during the extended play state. In addition to the effect of increasing the degree of impact of the player, the initial hit and the extended play state This makes it possible to distinguish the difference from the jackpot from the stage of the production and to enhance the interest in the game.

  During the “winning effect”, a final notification is made, and a “first cut-in notice” occurs as a liquid crystal effect (time 27s to 36s). Specifically, from the stage of the winning effect (the sudden hit effect), the decorative pattern in the reach state is in a state where the even and odd symbols are aligned on the liquid crystal screen (either the even or the odd symbol). The winning is displayed in a state in which it is not determined yet (temporary stop display state). Therefore, the special figure seg continues to fluctuate, the mini symbols are in the high-speed fluctuating state, and the gaming state remains in the state with electric support. Note that the first cut-in notice has a different property from the “cut-in notice” described in the first and second embodiments (FIGS. 22 to 23). The “cut-in notice” here is a “cut-in notice” related to the winning effect, and does not indicate the possibility of winning (because it has already been determined), but informs the information on the type of jackpot that has been won this time. The production, specifically, an announcement production that informs the degree of expectation of winning to the probability change jackpot. A plurality of first cut-in notices are also provided. For example, according to the character used for the notice display, a winning expectation degree (high, medium, or low) to the probability change big hit is notified. Here, since the probability variable jackpot is won, a notice having a relatively high degree of expectation of the probability variable jackpot is likely to appear. Note that the mini symbol is in a high-speed change state, the right-handed display is “right-handed suggestion display”, the right-handed notification lamp is lit, and the launching direction is “right-handed”.

(C) Elapsed time 36 s to 126 s: “Even symbol or odd symbol determination effect” stage The effect flow is from “winning effect” to “even symbol or odd symbol effect effect” (hereinafter “design effect”) which is a kind of the “promotion effect”. In the symbol determination effect, as in the promotion effect, if the decorative symbols are stopped in the same pattern as the even-numbered symbols, it is a "time saving big hit" and the odd symbols are the same. If you stop, it will be a "probable jackpot". However, in the third embodiment, since only the case of “probably big hit” is handled, the symbol is finally determined by the symbol of “probably big hit”.

  During this “symbol determination effect”, the liquid crystal effect is the second “cut-in notice” (time 42s to 51s) → “button effect” (time 51s to 63s) → “movable object appearance effect” (time 63s to 63s). 78s) → “Rainbow flash” (time 78s to 96s) → “winning effect” (time 96s to 114s) → “probable GET” (time 114s to 126s).

  During the period from the second “cut-in notice” to the “button effect” (time 42 s to 63 s), for example, in the liquid crystal screen, even symbols (symbols suggesting a low advantage big hit (symbols suggesting a time saving big hit)) and odd numbers The symbols (symbols suggesting a high advantage big hit (symbols indicating a large jackpot)) are slowly and fluctuatingly displayed (for example, a low-speed fluctuating display or a vertical fluctuation display). More specifically, the even symbols “666” and the odd symbols “777” are variably displayed in a state where they are aligned.

  The "second cut-in notice" is a notice effect that informs the degree of expectation of winning to the probability-change big hit, like the above-mentioned "first cut-in notice". In the present embodiment, the winning expectation (the winning expectation that is suggested in a composite manner) indicated in a plurality of stages of the “first cut-in notice” and the “second cut-in notice” indicates the expectation of the probability change jackpot. It informs the degree. For example, the combination of the notification contents (expected degree) of “first cut-in notice” and “second cut-in notice” is “low, low”, “low, medium”, “medium, low”, “medium, medium”. Expectations for a probability-change jackpot are relatively increased in the order of “high, low”, “high, medium”, “low, high”, “medium, high”, “high, high”. Therefore, even if the production content suggesting a low degree of expectation appears in the “first cut-in notice”, if the production content of the subsequent “second cut-in notice” is a production content suggesting a high expectation, there is a certain possibility of a change. Expectations for big hits can increase significantly.

  Then, as an effect that inspires which of the even symbol and the odd symbol is confirmed and displayed, a player-participation type “button effect” is generated, and this is won this time as a notification of the result of the operation of the effect button 13 by the player. If the jackpot type is “probable jackpot”, an odd symbol set (eg, 777) is displayed at the stage of “winning effect”, and if the jackpot type is “time saving jackpot”, an even symbol set (eg, , 666) is displayed. In the third embodiment, since only the case of “probable change big hit” is handled, the odd result design of the button effect is displayed, and finally “probable change GET” to congratulate the certainty change big hit win appears. Is done.

  The period during which the “movable body appearance effect” (time 63 s to 78 s) occurs is a period during which “first movable body + second movable body appears” of the movable body effect, and the “rainbow flash (time The period during which “78s to 96s)” is generated is the period during which the “first movable body + second movable body stop” of the movable body effect is performed, and the period during which the “winning effect (time 96s to 114s)” is generated. Is a period during which the “first movable body + second movable body returns” of the movable body effect is performed. During the period from the movable body appearance effect to the rainbow flash (time 63 s to 96 s), the decorative pattern is “non-display” and is not displayed on the liquid crystal screen. However, in the period from “winning effect (time 96 s to 114 s)” to “probable change GET (time 114 s to 126 s)”, decorative symbols are displayed in odd numbers as “winning display”. Winning display (odd pattern) "continues to be displayed.

(D) Elapsed times 126 s to 132 s: symbol determination stage After that, the effect flow proceeds to “symbol determination” (time 126 s to 132 s), and the special symbol display device stops displaying the special symbol in a display mode according to the big hit type. The "winning display" is performed, and accordingly, the decorative symbols and the mini symbols are stopped and displayed in a display mode related to the jackpot type. In the third embodiment, since only the case of "probable change big hit" is handled, finally, for the special figure, the decorative design and the mini design, the design corresponding to the probability change big hit is stopped and displayed (winning display). become.

(E) Big hit game After the symbols are determined, a big hit game is executed. In the case of Comparative Example 3, the start INT (time 0 s to 18 s) is the period of the “OP effect” as in Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. 22A and Comparative Example 2 shown in FIG. After the image continues for a while (time 0 s to 3 s), a voice message “Please right-click” is played from the timing of time 6 s.

(2) Example 9 (FIG. 24B)
Example 9 (FIG. 24B) is a specific example of the present invention in a case where a winning in the probability changing big hit is made in the probability changing state. The same applies to Examples 10 and 11 (FIGS. 24C to 24D) described later.

  The effect flow of Example 9 (FIG. 24B) is as follows: “High-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → winning effect → first half of symbol determination effect (part of symbol determination effect) → symbol fixation → effect within start INT (second half of symbol effect effect → OP) Direction) ".

  The effect flow of Example 9 (FIG. 24B) is the same as the reach change → the first half of the symbol determination effect as compared with FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3), but is added within the start INT after “design confirmation”. FIG. 23A is different from FIG. 23A in that “the latter half of the symbol determination effect” comes as the target effect period, that is, the start INT starts from the middle of the symbol determination effect in FIG. 24A. In other words, in the start INT of the ninth example, as a first stage (time 0 s to 30 s of the start INT), a “symbol determination effect second half” of an additional effect period is inserted, and thereafter, as a second stage, a big hit notification This is a two-stage effect configuration in which an OP effect (time 30 s to 48 s of the start INT) in which the effect is executed continues. Example 9 (FIG. 24B) is common to Example 2 (FIG. 22C) in that it is configured in these two stages. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3).

  As a result, in the present example 9 (FIG. 24B), the time length of the start INT is equal to the “second half of the symbol determination effect” (time 0 s to 30 s) of the additional effect period in the case of FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3). It is longer on the time axis than on the front. In other words, the amount of uselessness is greater than that of the comparative example 3 by the amount of the "symbol determination effect second half" (time 0s to 30s) of the start INT. Therefore, similar to the event described with reference to FIGS. 23B to 23D, the compatibility of the gaming machine in the type test increases as compared with Comparative Example 3 (FIG. 24A).

  In the portion of the additional production period in which the start INT becomes longer, various productions are performed, and the player's attention is directed to these productions. That is, in the case of the present Example 9 (FIG. 24B), in the first stage “symbol determination effect second half” (time 0 s to 30 s), “winning effect” and “probable GET effect” are currently displayed on the liquid crystal screen as the liquid crystal effect. During the period of the payout and the winning effect, “first movable body + second movable body returns” is performed as a movable body effect. For this reason, the game can be continued without making the player feel conscious that the time length of the start INT is extended or feeling uncomfortable in the game. The player recognizes that the big hit is in progress, as in FIGS. 22B to 22E (Examples 2 to 4) and FIGS. 23B to 23E (Examples 6 to 8), etc. It is after the period has been reached, and a jackpot notification effect has been executed by a voice message “Please make a right strike”.

  In Example 9 (FIG. 24B), in the period (time 0 s to 30 s) of the start INT “the latter half of the symbol determination effect”, the decorative symbol is not displayed (may be displayed), and the mini symbol is not displayed (the symbol is not displayed). (It is not displayed after the winning display is displayed at the time of determination), the special figure of the special symbol display device is the winning display, the right-handed notification lamp is kept on, and the launching direction is also right-handed. Note that during at least the winning effect and the probable GET effect in the “symbol determination effect second half” of the start INT (time 0 s to 27 s), the right-turn suggestion display is not yet performed on the liquid crystal screen, and at time 36 s Wait for timing to start right-hand suggestion display.

(3) Example 10 (FIG. 24C)
Example 10 (FIG. 24C) is another specific example of the present invention in a case where a winning in the probability changing jackpot is performed in the probability changing state.

  The production flow of Example 10 (FIG. 24C) is “high-speed variation → reach variation → midway in the first half of the symbol determination effect → design decision → effect within the start INT (from the middle of the first half of the symbol determination effect to the second half → OP effect)”. Has become. Therefore, the effect flow is that the “part of the symbol determination effect” comes within the start INT after the “symbol determination”, that is, the point where the start INT starts from the middle of the symbol effect in FIG. 24A. 24B in common with FIG. 24B. In other words, in the case of Example 10 (FIG. 24C), in the effect in the start INT, “a part of the symbol determination effect” of the additional effect period is inserted as the first stage, and as the second stage, the big hit notification effect Is performed in two stages. Example 10 (FIG. 24C) is the same as FIG. 24B in that the effect in the start INT has a two-stage effect structure. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3).

  However, in the case of the present example 10 (FIG. 24C), the time length of the symbol determination effect (time 0 s to 63 s during the start INT) falling within the start INT is more on the time axis than in the present example 9 (FIG. 24B). During this period, during this period, as a liquid crystal effect, "movable object appearance effect" (time 0s to 15s during start INT), "rainbow flash" (time 15s to 33s during start INT), "winning" The effect (the times 33s to 51s during the start INT) and the probable change GET (the times 51s to 60s during the start INT) appear. In addition, corresponding to the movable body appearance effect, the rainbow flash, and the winning effect, “first movable body + second movable body appears”, “first movable body + second movable body stopped”, and “first movable body + secondary body” 2 movable body return "is performed. The “movable body appearance effect” and the “first movable body + second movable body appearance” are started from the time when the symbol is determined. The relationship between Example 10 (FIG. 24C) in which “the first half of the symbol determination effect is in the middle and the latter half” in the start INT and Example 9 (FIG. 24B) in which only “the latter half of the symbol determination effect” is included This is the same as the relationship between Example 4 (FIG. 22E) and Example 3 (FIG. 23D) already described, and the relationship between Example 8 (FIG. 23E) and Example 7 (FIG. 23D).

  In the present example 10 (FIG. 24C), the time length of the start INT is the additional effect period “the middle to the second half of the first half of the symbol determination effect” (time 0 s to 63 s) (FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3)). ) Is longer on the time axis in front than in the case of). In other words, the number of wasted shots is larger than that of the comparative example 3 by the part of the symbol INT in the start INT (time 0 s to 63 s). Therefore, compared with the comparative example 3 (FIG. 24A), the compatibility of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. The liquid crystal effect, movable object effect, decorative pattern, mini pattern, special figure seg, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during the "symbol determination effect second half" (time 0s to 63s) are shown in the figure. It is on the street.

(4) Example 11 (FIG. 24D)
Example 11 (FIG. 24D) is another specific example of the present invention in a case where a winning in the probability changing big hit is made in the probability changing state.

  The effect flow of Example 11 (FIG. 24D) is “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → design decision → effect within start INT (symbol determination effect → OP effect)”. In Examples 9 and 10 (FIGS. 24B and 24C), a part of the symbol determination effect is inserted as an effect in the start INT, but in Example 11 (FIG. 24D), the effect flow is “Symbol”. From the point where all of the “symbol determination effect” is inserted as an additional effect period in the start INT after the “confirmation”, that is, from the point where the symbol effect effect of FIG. 24A starts (more precisely, the promotion effect of FIG. 24A is different from FIG. 24A in that the symbol is determined at the start and the start INT is started (after the symbol is determined). In other words, in the case of Example 11 (FIG. 24D), in the effect in the start INT, the “symbol determination effect” of the additional effect period is inserted as the first stage, and the big hit notification effect is executed as the second stage. There are two stages that the OP production period continues. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3).

  In the case of Example 11 (FIG. 24D), the time length of the symbol determination effect (time 0 s to 90 s of the start INT) is longer on the time axis than in Example 9 (FIG. 24B). During the period of the symbol determination effect, as a liquid crystal effect, “cut-in” (time 6 s to 15 s of start INT), “button effect” (time 15 s to 27 s of start INT), “movable object appearance effect” (start INT "Times 27s to 42s", "Rainbow Flash" (Times 42s to 60s at the start INT), "Winning Effect" (Times 69s to 78s at the start INT), and "Probable Change GET" (Times 78s to 90s at the start INT) appear I do. Then, in response to the movable body appearance effect, the rainbow flash, and the winning effect, “first movable body + second movable body appears”, “first movable body + second movable body stopped”, and “first movable body + secondary body” 2 movable body return "is performed.

  In Example 11 (FIG. 24D), the time length of the start INT is longer on the time axis than the case of FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3) by the symbol determination effect (time 0 s to 90 s). I have. In other words, the number of wasted shots is larger than that in Comparative Example 3 by the amount corresponding to “the second half of the symbol determination effect” of the start INT (time 0 s to 63 s). Therefore, compared with the comparative example 3 (FIG. 24A), the compatibility of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. The liquid crystal effect, movable object effect, decorative design, mini design, special figure seg, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during the "symbol determination effect second half" (time 0s to 90s) are shown in the figure. It is on the street.

  It can be seen that among the comparative example 3 and the present examples 9 to 11, the relationship of the degree of decrease in the base value depends on the length of the additional effect period. Therefore, the relationship of the degree of decrease in the base value is “Comparative Example 3 <Example 9 <Example 10 <Example 11”. That is, Comparative Example 3 of FIG. 24A has the lowest compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test, and Example 11 has the highest compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test. In addition, in any of the examples, during the additional effect period, the game can be continued without being aware that the time length of the start INT is extended and without feeling uncomfortable in the game. In each example, the “right-handed suggestion display” is started at a predetermined timing during the OP effect period, but before the first round game starts (if the small hit, before the big winning opening is opened). If so, the right-handed suggestion display may be started at a predetermined timing during the start INT (for example, a specific timing during the period from the start to the end during the additional effect period).

<Example 4: FIGS. 25A to 25D>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 25A to 25D, a description will be given of a case where the “time saving big hit” is won in the probable change state as the fourth embodiment.

  In the above-described third embodiment (Examples 9 to 11), the case where the winning is determined in the “probable change state” in the “probable change state” is described. On the other hand, in the fourth embodiment (FIGS. 25A to 25D), the case of winning the time saving big hit is treated as the big hit type. 25A to 25D, the first FIG. 25A is a comparative example (Comparative Example 4), and the remaining FIGS. 25B to 25D are specific examples 12 to 14 of the second embodiment (hereinafter, this Example 12). , And abbreviated as Example 13... Example 14). In the fourth embodiment, it is assumed that, in the probable change state, for example, a winning is achieved in a 5R time saving A big hit (100 time savings) or a 5R time saving B big hit (50 time savings).

(1) Comparative Example 4 (FIG. 25A)
In the case where the time saving big hit is won in the probable change state, the effect flow proceeds as follows in Comparative Example 4 (FIG. 25A).

(A) Elapsed time 0s to 24s: Stage before winning performance (reach fluctuation stage)
With reference to FIG. 25A, the effect flow of the comparative example 4 in the period from the elapsed time 0s to 24s is the same as the effect flow of the comparative example 3 shown in FIG. 24A, and is "high speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation". Accordingly, the liquid crystal effect, the movable object effect, the decorative pattern, the mini pattern, the special figure segment, the right-handed display, and the right-handed notification lamp in the period of “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation” are the same as those in Comparative Example 3 shown in FIG. 24A.

(B) Elapsed times 24 s to 36 s: winning effect stage The effect flow shifts from reach fluctuation to “winning effect” (time 24 s to 36 s). This winning effect is also the same as Comparative Example 3 shown in FIG. 24A. However, in the fourth embodiment, since only the case of winning a time-saving big hit is dealt with, the “first cut-in notice” tends to appear in the notice that the degree of expectation of winning in the probability-change big hit is relatively low. Becomes

(C) Elapsed times 36 s to 78 s: symbol determination effect stage The effect flow shifts from the winning effect to “symbol determination effect” (time 36 s to 78 s) which is a type of promotion effect. If it stops with even symbols, it will be "time saving big hit", and if it stops with odd numbers, it will be "probable change big hit". In the fourth embodiment, however, only the case of time saving big hit is handled. The symbol is decided by the "even number symbol" of the time saving big hit. During this “symbol determination effect”, the liquid crystal effect is a second “cut-in notice” (time 36s to 51s) → “button effect” (time 51s to 63s) → “disappointing effect” (time 63s to 78s). Expand to

  In the example of FIG. 25A, it is premised that the winning is not a probability change jackpot but a time savings jackpot. Therefore, unlike the “probability change GET” of the example of FIG. 24A, the effect flow is “sorry effect” (time 63s to 75s). It has become. Here, as the winning display of the decorative symbol, an even symbol "666" is temporarily stopped and displayed on the liquid crystal screen.

(D) Elapsed Times 78s to 102s: Time Saving Number Decision Effect The effect flow shifts from the symbol decision effect to “time saving number decision effect” (time 78s to 102s), which is a type of promotion effect. Confirmation "(time 102s to 108s)".

  The “time reduction number determination effect” means, for example, whether the big hit won this time on the liquid crystal screen is “time reduction 5R time reduction A big hit (100 time reduction times)” where the number of time reductions is relatively large, or Is a relatively small “time saving 5R, time saving B, big hit (50 time savings)”. In the time saving number determination effect, first, the reception of the operation of the effect button 13 is treated as valid for a predetermined time, and a “button effect” prompting the button operation appears (time 78s to 87s). If the player has operated the effect button 13 during this valid reception period or if the valid reception period has elapsed, the “number lottery effect” (time 87 s to 96 s) notifying the number of time savings is currently displayed. Then, a “number-determined notification effect” appears (at times 96 s to 102 s). In the number lottery effect, for example, a roulette wheel image is displayed, and a roulette game effect of 100 hours reduced when the ball enters the red pocket, and 50 times reduced when the ball enters the black pocket, and in response to the game result, In the number-of-times confirmation notification effect, the number of times of reduction such as "100 times reduction! Congratulations" (in the case of a red pocket) and "Sorry ... 50 times reduction" (in the case of a black pocket) are confirmed and notified. During the time reduction effect, the decorative symbols are not displayed. However, the temporary symbols may be displayed temporarily (e.g., fluctuation display) with even symbols aligned. The “mini design” on the liquid crystal screen is in a high-speed change state, and the special design (special design segment) of the special design display device is also in a change state. The right-handed display on the liquid crystal screen indicates right-handed indication, and the right-handed notification lamp is turned on, that is, the launching direction instruction is instructing right-handed.

(E) Elapsed times 102s to 108s: symbol determination stage After that, the production flow proceeds to “symbol determination” (time 102s to 108s), and the special figure display device (special figure segment) stops and displays according to the big hit type. The mode, for example, “4” is stopped and “winning display” is performed. In addition, three decorative symbols are fixedly displayed in a display mode of, for example, “666” of an even symbol (chance symbol). As a liquid crystal effect, a hit confirmation screen is displayed on the liquid crystal screen, and a mini symbol is also displayed. As a result, the present symbol variation display game is ended, and the game result is determined.

(F) Big hit game After the symbols are determined, a big hit game is executed. The content of the big hit game in Comparative Example 4 (FIG. 25A) is the same as that in Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A).

(2) Example 12 (FIG. 25B)
Example 12 (FIG. 25B) is a specific example of the present invention in a case where a winning in a time savings jackpot is won in the probable change state. The same applies to Examples 13 and 14 (FIGS. 25C to 25D) described later.

  The production flow of Example 12 (FIG. 25B) is “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → winning production → design determination production → design decision → production within start INT (reduction effect for time reduction → OP production)”.

  The effect flow of Example 12 (FIG. 25B) is the same as the reach change → winning effect → design determination effect as compared with FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4), but within the start INT after “symbol determination”. FIG. 25A is different from FIG. 25A in that “time saving number determination effect” is inserted as an additional effect period. That is, in the start INT of the twelfth example, a “time reduction decision effect” of an additional effect period is inserted as a first stage (time 0 s to 21 s during the start INT). This is a two-stage effect configuration in which an OP effect (time 24s to 39s during the start INT) in which a jackpot notification effect including a voice message “Please do” is continued. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4).

  As a result, in Example 12 (FIG. 25B), the time length of the start INT is equal to the “time saving number determination effect” (time 0 s to 24 s during the start INT) than in the case of FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4). Is also longer forward on the time axis. In other words, the number of wasted shots is increased as compared with the comparative example 4, and the payout speed is reduced by the amount of the "time saving number determination effect" (time 0s to 24s) of the start INT. Therefore, compared with the comparative example 4 (FIG. 25A), the compatibility of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, as for the liquid crystal effect, movable body effect, decorative design, mini design, special figure seg, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc., which are performed during the "time saving number determination effect" (time 0s to 24s), as shown in the figure. It is.

(3) Example 13 (FIG. 25C)
Example 13 (FIG. 25C) is another specific example of the present invention in a case where a winning in a time saving big hit is won in the probability change state.

  The effect flow of Example 13 (FIG. 25C) is as follows: “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → winning effect →“ first half of design decision effect ”→ symbol fixation → effect within the start INT (second half of design decision effect → time-saving number decision effect → OP effect) ) ".

  The effect flow of the present example 13 (FIG. 25C) is the same as the reach change → the symbol determination effect as compared with the example 12 (FIG. 25B), but the symbol determination effect is divided into the first half and the latter half, and “design confirmation” is performed. It differs from FIG. 25A in that “the latter half of the symbol determination effect” comes within the later start INT. That is, in the start INT of the present example 13, the symbol determination effect second half is inserted as the first stage (time 0s to 15s during the start INT) in the additional effect period, and thereafter, the second stage (time during the start INT) 15s to 39s), the "time saving number determination effect" is inserted, and then, as a third stage, an OP effect (time 39s to 57s during the start INT) in which the jackpot notification effect is executed follows. ing. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4).

  As a result, in Example 13 (FIG. 25C), the time length of the start INT is “the latter half of the symbol decision effect” (time 0 s to 15 s during the start INT) and “the time reduction number of time effect” (15 s during the time start INT). −39 s), it is longer forward on the time axis than in the case of FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4). In other words, the number of wasted shots is larger than in Comparative Example 4 by the "symbol determination effect second half" of the start INT (time 0s to 15s during the start INT) and the "time saving number determination effect" (time 15s to 39s). Therefore, compared with the comparative example 4 (FIG. 25A), the compatibility of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, a liquid crystal effect, a movable body effect, a decorative symbol, and a “symbol determination effect second half” (time 0s to 15s during the start INT) and a “time saving number determination effect” (time 15s to 39s during the start INT) are performed. The mini symbol, special figure segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, and the like are as illustrated.

(4) Example 14 (FIG. 25D)
Example 14 (FIG. 25D) is another specific example of the present invention in a case where a winning in a time savings jackpot is won in the probability change state.

  The effect flow of Example 14 (FIG. 25D) is “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation → winning effect → symbol determination → effect within start INT (symbol determining effect → reduced time reduction effect → OP effect)”. In the above Example 13 (FIG. 25C), a part of the symbol determination effect was inserted as an effect in the start INT, but in Example 14 (FIG. 25D), after the “Symbol determination” as the effect flow, From the point where all of the “symbol-determining effects” are inserted as one of the additional effect periods in the start INT, ie, from the start of the symbol-determining effects of FIG. 25A (more precisely, the promotion effect of FIG. 24A). Is different from FIG. 25A in that the symbol INT is started at the start of the symbol and the start INT is started (after the symbol is determined). In other words, in the case of Example 14 (FIG. 25D), in the effect within the start INT, “symbol determination effect” is inserted as the first stage (time 0s to 42s during the start INT) in the additional effect period. An “OP reduction effect” is inserted as a second stage (time 42s to 66s during the start INT), and thereafter, a third stage is executed to execute the big hit notification effect (OP 66 during the start INT). ８４84 s) continue, which is a three-stage effect configuration. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4). In Example 14 (FIG. 25D), the duration of the symbol determination effect (time 0 s to 39 s during the start INT) in the start INT is the latter half of the symbol determination effect (start during INT) in Example 13 (FIG. 25C). It is longer on the time axis than the time 0s to 15s).

  In the present example 14 (FIG. 25D), the time length of the start INT is the same as that of the “symbol determination effect” (time 0 s to 39 s) and the “time reduction number effect effect” (time 42 s to 66 s). It is longer forward on the time axis than in the case of Comparative Example 4). In other words, the number of wasted shots is greater than in Comparative Example 4 by the “symbol determination effect” (time 0 s to 39 s) and the “time reduction number effect effect” (time 42 s to 66 s) of the start INT. Therefore, compared with the comparative example 2 (FIG. 23A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test increases. In addition, a liquid crystal effect, a movable body effect, a decorative pattern, a mini pattern, a special figure seg, a right-handed pattern performed during the “symbol determining effect” (time 0 s to 39 s) and the “time saving number determining effect” (time 42 s to 66 s) The display, the right-handed notification lamp, and the like are as illustrated.

  It can be seen that among the comparative example 4 and the present examples 12 to 14, the relationship of the degree of decrease in the base value depends on the length of the additional effect period. Therefore, the relationship of the degree of decrease in the base value is “Comparative Example 4 <Example 12 <Example 13 <Example 14”. In other words, Comparative Example 4 in FIG. 24A has the lowest compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test, and Example 14 has the highest compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test. In addition, in any of the examples, during the additional effect period, the game can be continued without being aware that the time length of the start INT is extended and without feeling uncomfortable in the game. In each example, the “right-handed suggestion display” is started at a predetermined timing during the OP effect period, but before the first round game starts (if the small hit, before the big winning opening is opened). If so, the right-handed suggestion display may be started at a predetermined timing during the start INT (for example, a specific timing during the period from the start to the end during the additional effect period).

  To summarize preferred embodiments of the embodiment described above, the following configurations A to D ((h) to (d) below) can be configured. Although the corresponding elements in the parentheses indicate the corresponding elements in the embodiment, the present invention is not limited to this.

(I) Configuration A according to the first embodiment of the present invention
(H) A first lottery means (mainly executing a lottery for a jackpot belonging to the first jackpot type, based on the first starting condition being satisfied (when the winning in the upper starting port 34 occurs). Jackpot lottery means on the special figure 1 side of the control unit 20);
The second lottery means (the main control unit 20) that executes a lottery for the big hit belonging to the second big hit type based on the second starting condition being satisfied (when the winning in the lower starting port 35 occurs). Jackpot lottery means on the special map 2 side)
When the first lottery means or the second lottery means wins a big hit, a big hit game control means (main control unit 20) for executing and controlling a big hit game in which a round game for opening a special winning opening is repeated up to a maximum number of rounds Hit game control means),
A plurality of effect means capable of executing an effect (for example, a liquid crystal display device 36, a speaker 46, a decorative lamp 45, and a movable object (for example, a flower-shaped accessory 90, a clock-shaped accessory 80, or a player stimulation source Object (wind pressure device, vibration device, pressure device))
Effect control means (effect control unit 24) for executing and controlling the effect by the effect means,
A gaming machine A capable of executing a privilege gaming state (a gaming state with a state with an electric support: a probable change state or a time saving state) in which the second starting condition is more easily satisfied than the first starting condition,
At least the jackpot belonging to the second jackpot type (for example, the special figure 2 side jackpot type to be a consecutive-village target jackpot) includes a plurality of types of jackpots having different degrees of advantage of profits given to the player,
The big hit game is
A start interval period (start INT) before the first round game is executed;
An interval period between rounds (INT between R) after each round game is completed,
And an end interval period (end INT) after the end of the inter-round interval period relating to the last round game,
Among a plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type,
The start interval period and the end interval period of the first jackpot game relating to the high advantage jackpot in which the advantage degree is relatively high are respectively A _time (second) and B _time (second),
When the start interval period and the end interval period of the second big hit game relating to the low-hit jackpot having a relatively low advantage are a _time (second) and b _time (second), respectively, the following relational expression (1) Is set to satisfy
a _time <A _time , and b _time <B _time ... relational expression (1)
The ratio (A _time / _time ) of the start interval period related to the first big hit game to the start interval period related to the second big hit game is defined as an extension rate α, and the first big hit relative to the end interval period related to the second big hit game When the rate of the end interval period (B _time / b _time ) related to the game is set as the extension rate β,
During the interval period in which the value of the extension rate is relatively small, the first effect mode (a plain effect) is executed, and in the interval period in which the value of the extension rate is relatively large, the first effect mode is defined. It is configured to execute a different second directing aspect (flashy directing),
A gaming machine characterized by the following.
In addition, the "degree of advantage" according to this (h) may be a degree of profit given only during a big hit game, that is, a degree of profit taking into account only the number of prize balls, The degree of profit to be provided may be a degree of profit in consideration of a total degree of profit including a profit due to a state transition and a profit provided during a jackpot game. The “profit by state transition” is a profit in consideration of various items related to the game state to be transitioned after the big hit game, and specifically, the presence / absence of the state with power support (high base state), , The presence or absence of a high probability state, the number of STs, and the like. The same applies to other configurations described later.

(II) Configuration B according to the first embodiment of the present invention
(I) In addition, for the total interval time (total INT time) obtained by summing the time width of each interval period including at least the start interval period, the inter-round interval period, and the end interval period,
Of the plurality of types of big hits belonging to the second big hit type, the total interval time related to the high-high-hit jackpot whose relative degree is relatively high is A _time (second);
When the total interval time related to the jackpot whose longest total interval time is the longest among the plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the first jackpot type is B _time (seconds), the following relational expression (1) is satisfied. A gaming machine characterized by:
B _time <A _time ... relational expression (1)

(Nu) Further, when the total interval time related to the low-probability jackpot whose relative advantage is relatively low among a plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type is Ctime (seconds), the following relational expression is used. (2) The gaming machine according to (1) above, wherein
C _time <A _time ... relational expression (2)

(R) The gaming machine according to (N), wherein the following relational expression (3) is satisfied.
C _time <B _time <A _time ... relational expression (3)

(ヲ) When the ratio of Atime to Btime is an extension rate α, and the ratio of Atime to Ctime is an extension rate β, the following relational expression (4) is satisfied; The gaming machine described.
Extension rate α <Extension rate β ... Relational expression (4)

(III) Configuration C according to the first embodiment of the present invention
(W) In the gaming machine A described above, in the jackpot belonging to the second jackpot type,
A first jackpot, which is an execution trigger of a first jackpot game in which the maximum number of rounds defines a first maximum number of rounds, and a second maximum number of rounds which is relatively larger than the first maximum number of rounds A second jackpot that triggers the execution of a second jackpot game that defines the number of rounds,
The big hit game is
A start interval period before the first round game is executed,
An interval period between rounds after each round game ends,
And an end interval period after the end of the inter-round interval period related to the last round game,
The total interval time obtained by summing the time widths of the respective interval periods of the first big hit game is A _time (second), (for example, 5R system big hit side)
The total interval time obtained by summing the time widths of the respective interval periods of the second big hit game is B _time (seconds) (for example, 10R system big hit side)
The first maximum number of rounds is A _maxround (for example, the maximum round is 5R),
The second maximum number of rounds is B _maxround (for example, the maximum round is 10R),
When a total interval time per round in the first big hit game X (A _time / A _maxround ) and a total interval time per round in the second big hit game Y (B _time / B _maxround ), A gaming machine characterized by satisfying the following relational expression (1).
X <Y ... relational expression (1)

(IV) Configuration D according to the second embodiment of the present invention
(F) a winning lottery means (big hitting lottery means of the main control unit 20) for executing a lottery for a plurality of types of hits based on the satisfaction of a predetermined starting condition;
Symbol display means (special symbol display devices 38a, 38b) capable of performing a symbol variable display operation and displaying a lottery result by the lottery means in the symbol stop display mode;
A variation pattern determination unit (variation pattern determination unit of the main control unit 20) that selects one of a plurality of types of variation patterns including a reach variation pattern for specifying a reach effect based on a lottery result by the lottery unit;
A symbol display control unit (a symbol display control unit of the main control unit 20) for controlling a symbol variable display operation in the symbol display unit based on the variation pattern determined by the variation pattern determination unit;
A hit game control means (a hit game control means of the main control unit 20) for controlling the execution of a hit game by controlling the opening and closing of a special winning opening in a predetermined operation pattern based on the type of a hit won by the hit lottery means; ,
Directing means for performing the directing,
Effect control means (effect control unit 24) for performing and controlling an effect based on the effect content related to the variation pattern,
After the specific symbol display mode is stopped and displayed on the symbol display means, it is a gaming machine configured to be able to execute the hit game,
The winning game executes a special winning opening opening / closing period (first round gaming period) in which the opening / closing of the special winning opening is controlled in a predetermined operation pattern after a start interval period (start INT according to a big hit type) elapses. Is configured as
In the effect period related to the start interval period, a first effect period (additional effect period) after the specific symbol display mode is stopped and displayed, and a second effect period after the first effect period has elapsed. (OP effect period) (for example, specific examples (this example) 1 to 14 shown in FIGS. 22 to 25),
The effect control means,
During the first effect period, the notification effect relating to the start of the special winning opening opening / closing period is not executed (for example, during time 0s to 24s (or time 0s to 30s) during the big hit start INT in FIG. 22B), It is configured such that the notification effect is executed when the two effect periods arrive (for example, the big hit notification effect is started when the time 24s (or the time 30s may be reached) during the big hit start INT in FIG. 22B). ),
A gaming machine characterized by that:
Note that the “notification effect” according to (f) is an effect that informs in advance of the arrival of the special winning opening opening / closing period, for example, a right-turn instruction message with a voice sound “Please right-click” (FIG. 22). To Example 14 shown in FIG. 25).

(G) The effect content related to the reach variation pattern includes a specific reach effect content that executes a specific effect (for example, the promotion effect of FIG. 22B) after executing a specific reach effect (for example, the SPSP reach of FIG. 22B). Included,
The effect control means,
When performing an effect based on the specific reach effect contents, the specific reach effect is executed during a variable display period of the symbol, and the specific effect is configured to be executed during the first effect period,
The gaming machine according to the above (f), wherein

(T) The effect contents related to the variation pattern include specific effect contents including execution of a specific effect,
The effect control means,
When performing an effect based on the specific effect contents, the specific effect is configured to be executed at least over the first effect period from the variable display period of the symbol,
The gaming machine according to the above (f), wherein
Examples of the “specific effect” according to (T) include “promotion effect” shown in FIGS. 22B and 23B, “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” shown in FIGS. 22C to 22E and 23C to 23E, FIG. 24B shows “a part of the symbol determination effect (the latter half)”, FIG. 24C shows “a part of the symbol determination effect (the middle to the latter half)”, and FIG. 24D shows the “symbol determination effect (whole)”. 25B, "a part (second half) of the symbol determination effect + time reduction number determination effect" shown in FIG. 25C, "a symbol determination effect (entire) + time reduction number determination effect" shown in FIG. 25, and the like. is there.

(V) The plurality of types of hits include a first hit and a second hit having a relatively higher degree of advantage given to the player than the first hit,
The effect control means,
If the hit drawn by the hit lottery means is the second hit, as a result of the specific reach effect, a pre-elevation effect indicating that the first hit has been won is displayed during the symbol change display period. Run,
A promotion effect for confirming and notifying that the second hit has been won as the specific effect is configured to be executable during the first effect period;
The gaming machine according to the above (f), wherein
The “pre-promotion effect” according to (v) is, for example, a predetermined effect (effect relating to SPSP reach, SP reach, reach fluctuation, high-speed fluctuation, etc.) before the promotion effect is executed. Further, the “promotion effect” according to this item (d) is, for example, a promotion effect shown in FIG. 22B or the like.

  A configuration in which one or more of all the embodiments described above (including all the configurations and modifications described in the embodiments) may be combined (for example, having at least two configurations A to D described above) Various configurations described in the first embodiment and the second embodiment can be appropriately combined, such as the form), and the contents described in each embodiment are not limited to the individual embodiments. The configuration of one or a plurality of combinations according to each embodiment can solve the problem of the present invention and can achieve the function and effect of the present invention, and any of them can be included in the technical idea of the present invention.

  In each of the embodiments described above, a pachinko game machine using a game ball as a game medium has been described, but there is no particular limitation as long as the game machine can achieve the object of the present invention. For example, a gaming machine using a gaming medal as a gaming medium, a gaming machine using a gaming medium using electromagnetic recording (a gaming machine such as a so-called “enclosed gaming machine (managed gaming machine)”), It may be a gaming machine or the like.

  The present invention is useful for gaming machines.

1 gaming machines,
2 Front frame (door),
3, 3a game board, game area,
19 game ball payout device,
20 main control unit (main control board)
24 Production control unit (production control board, liquid crystal control board)
28 launch control board,
29 payout control board,
34, 34a upper starting port, upper starting port sensor 35, 35a lower starting port, lower starting port sensor,
37, 37a normal symbol starting port, normal symbol starting port sensor,
38a, 38b special symbol display device,
39a Ordinary symbol display device,
50, 52a Winning prize mouth, Winning prize mouth sensor 41, 41c Ordinary variable prize winning device, Ordinary electric accessory solenoid,
52, 52c Special variable winning device, large winning opening solenoid,
36, 45, 46 liquid crystal display device, decorative lamp, speaker,
49 Out mouth,
94 setting key switch,
95 setting change switch,
96 Setting change completion switch,
97 setting display,
98 RAM clear switch,
201, 202, 203 main control CPU, main control ROM, main control RAM,
241, 242, 243 effect control CPU, effect control ROM, effect control RAM

Claims (1)

First lottery means for executing a lottery for a jackpot belonging to a first jackpot type based on the first start condition being satisfied;
A second lottery means for performing a lottery on a jackpot belonging to a second jackpot type based on the second start condition being satisfied;
A jackpot game control means for controlling the execution of a jackpot game in which the first lottery means or the second lottery means repeats a round game for opening a special winning opening up to a maximum number of rounds when a big hit is won,
A plurality of production means capable of performing the production,
Effect control means for controlling the execution of the effect by the effect means,
A gaming machine capable of executing a privilege gaming state in which the second starting condition is more easily satisfied than the first starting condition,
In the jackpot belonging to the second jackpot type,
A first jackpot, which is an execution trigger of a first jackpot game in which the maximum number of rounds defines a first maximum number of rounds, and a second maximum number of rounds which is relatively larger than the first maximum number of rounds A second jackpot that triggers the execution of a second jackpot game that defines the number of rounds,
The big hit game is
A start interval period before the first round game is executed,
An interval period between rounds after each round game ends,
And an end interval period after the end of the inter-round interval period related to the last round game,
A _time (seconds) is the total interval time obtained by summing the time width of each interval period of the first big hit game,
The total interval time obtained by summing the time widths of the respective interval periods of the second jackpot game is B _time (seconds),
The first maximum number of rounds is A _maxround ,
The second maximum number of rounds is B _maxround ,
When a total interval time per round in the first big hit game X (A _time / A _maxround ) and a total interval time per round in the second big hit game Y (B _time / B _maxround ), A gaming machine characterized by satisfying the following relational expression (1).
X <Y ... relational expression (1)